Single Drum Roller: SSR100 (120) C-10

-1 1 -1 1 Quality Changes the World
11
-01 -01 1-
02 4 02 4 02 4-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
Single Drum
1-11 1-11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
gui
do Roller
_d
202
gui
do
_d
202
gui
do
_d
202
SSR100(120)C-10
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation and Maintenance Manual
1-11 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1-11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
SSR
4- 0 1 -11 Series Single
4- 0 1 -11Drum Roller 01-11
4-
2 02 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation & Maintenance Manual
1-11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 4-0 4-0
2 202
WARNING 2 02
_d _d _d
doRead and follow the safety precautions o instructions in this manual and on the
uid death or property damage. Keep this
and domachine dec-
gui als. Failure to do can cause serious ginjury, guimanual with the
machine for reading and future reference.
Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

1- 11 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Sany Group
SANY Automobile Manufacturing CO.,LTD
Sany Industry Zone ,
Economic & Technical Development Zone
Changsha, Hunan, China 410100
1- 11 1 -11 1-11
02 4-0 024
http://www.sanygroup.com - 0
02 4-0
2 2 2
_d o_
d _d
do d do
gui Tel:gu
i
0086-4006098318 gui
Scan here to download the GCP APP
1- 11 1 -11 1-11
02 4-0 APP for Android &-0iOS
02 4 02 4-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1-11 1-11
4-0
02 Group. All rights reserved. No part of this 4-0 4-0
02publication may be reproduced, used, distributed
202
©2023 by Sany
d 2 d 2 d
_
or disclosed except during normal operation of the _
machine as described herein. All information_ included
u i do this publication was accurate at the timeuiofdopublication. Product improvements, revisions,
within u i do etc., may
gresult in differences between your machine and g what is presented here. Sany Group assumes g no liability.
For more information, contact Sany Group.
Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

1-11 -1 1
1- 11
4-0 -01
RESPONSIBILITY
4 4-0
02 02 02
d2
_ d2 _d
2
i do do_ do
u
g SPECIFIC DECLARATION gui gui
The single drum roller is used to compact sand soil and sand gravel in the construction of roads
and foundations, which are suitable for most types of road construction, airfields, dam construction
and harbor projects. Any other use or any operation beyond the specified working range is not au-
thorized use. Sany expressly bears no liability for any consequence due to any unauthorized use.
Information on this manual is used to guide qualified operators to operate and maintain rollers cor-
rectly. Sany expressly bears no liability for any consequence due to any use not observing the in-
formation on this manual.
-11 -11
01 to convert the roller without authorization. -11
01 Sany expressly bears no liability for4-0any
1
-
It is forbidden
4 4 -
202
consequence.
d When crack or electrical malfunction
d 202 on the roller occurs, please contactd the
202suppli-
i o_ and don’t conduct welding or make changes
der, i do
_ without permission, or else, for anyoconsequence
i d
_
u u
g due to such contravention, Sany shallgnot bear any liability. g u
Use genuine spare parts from Sany. Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine damage or
accident due to the use of untested or unauthorized spare parts or tools.
Operate and maintain parts (such as engine, a/c) on the roller, and observe related regulations on
Users' guide supplied from their manufacturer.
Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine failure or damage due to force majeure of natural
disasters (earthquake, typhoon) and wars.
-11 -11
01predict every circumstance that might4involve
01 a potential hazard in operation or4main- -11
01
Sany cannot
4 - - -
202 Operators and owners should highly
tenance.
d d
2
20attach importance to safety. Local specific
d 202 safety
i o_ of the countries may be stricter. If they
drules i
_
do differ from the regulations on this manual,
i
_
do observe the
u
g stricter one. g u g u
Duty of Sany
• Be responsible for providing qualified products and correct documents.

• Fulfill their promises on after-sales service, and document all maintenance and repair working
done by after-sales service personnel.
• Train the operation and maintenance personnel based on their needs.
Duty of owners or other authorized personnel
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

4- each person involved in the product’s
• Only 2after
0 0 24-operation, maintenance and repair 2is02trained
4-
2 2
d fully understands the Parts Book and_Operation
d
o _and o o _d operate
and Maintenance Manual, can they
d d d
gui and maintain the roller. gui gui
• Ensure the operation and maintenance personnel are qualified and know their related
responsibilities
Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 1

1 1 1
0 1-1 related personnel's safety consciousness
• Periodically -check - 0 1-1 during working. - 0 1-1
4 4 024
202 threatening safety occurs, stop the roller
• If anydfault d 2 02immediately.
d 2
o_
•uIfidnecessary Sany service personnel haveid o_right to check the roller for safety. ido_
the
g• Besides check items regulated by Sany,guobserve local laws and regulations to check gu the roller.
• Ensure timely maintenance and repair on the roller.
• Carefully plan the use of the roller.
Duty of all working personnel
• If there is any abnormal symptom which may cause abnormal working of the roller or potential
hazard, report to your leader. If possible, correct fault in time.
• All personnel working around the roller must observe all warning signals and take care of their
own and others' 1
- 1
safety.
-11 -11
0 1 0 1 0 1
2 0 24- should know their working tasks and20procedures.
• All personnel 24- 2 0 24-
• Watch
_d something like high voltage wire, unrelated
_d personnel and poor ground for potential
_d dan-
o
id and report to the operators and signalmen.
d o d o
guger, gui gui
Duty of managers
• Ensure the operators are trained and fully understand the Safety, Operation and Maintenance
Manual supplied by Sany. Ensure they are in physical fitness and have the certification of opera-
tion. Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate the roller.
• Ensure the operators have good judgement, teamwork consciousness and psychological quality.
Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate or repair the roller.
• Ensure the signalmen have good vision and acoustic judgement, master standard command sig-
1 1 11
1-1 time, they should have enough experience
nals. At the same 1-1 in recognizing danger factors cor- 1-
4-0 4-0
02 inform the operators of danger factors to02avoid them in time. 4-0
202
rectly, and
d 2 d 2 d
• Ensure_ assistant workers can identify the model_ and working condition to choose a proper
_ roller.
u i do u i do u i do
g• Publicize safety consciousness to working
g personnel, and make them aware ofgsafety precau-
tions and their related responsibilities.
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Table of Contents
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
d2
02 4-0 Table ofd 20Contents
2 4-0
2 02 4-0
o_ o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Your Documentation Package.............................................................................................1-3
1.2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................1-3
1.2.2 Recommendations on Using the Documentation ....................................................1-4
1.2.3 Documentation Storage...............................................................................................1-4
1.2.4 Organization of This Manual.......................................................................................1-4
1.3 Your SANY Equipment .........................................................................................................1-5
0 1 -11
1.3.1 Equipment
0 1 -11
Directions...................................................................................................1-5
0 1 -11
- - -
024 024 024
1.3.2 Breaking in a New Equipment ....................................................................................1-5
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_ 1.3.3 Equipment Information ................................................................................................1-6
i d o_ i d o_
gu 1.3.4 Serial Number and Distributor gu Information ...............................................................1-7
gu
1.4 Contact Information ..............................................................................................................1-8
1.5 Abbreviations .........................................................................................................................1-8
1.6 Glossary .................................................................................................................................1-8
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................2-3
2.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................2-3
2.1.2 Intended Use.................................................................................................................2-4
0 1 -11
2.1.3 Unintended
0 1 -11
Use ............................................................................................................2-5
0 1 -11
- - -
2 024Qualifications of Operators and Maintenance
2.1.4
2 024 024
Personnel.......................................2-5
2
d d d
i d o_ 2.1.5 Unauthorized Modification ..........................................................................................2-5
i d o_ i d o_
gu 2.2 Safety Message.....................................................................................................................2-5
gu gu
2.2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................2-5
2.2.2 Safety Message Introduction ......................................................................................2-6
2.2.3 Safety Alerts ..................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.4 An Example of Safety Alerts ......................................................................................2-7
2.2.5 Safety Decals Locations..............................................................................................2-7
2.2.6 Safety Decals ................................................................................................................2-8
2.3 General Precautions.......................................................................................................... 2-10
2.3.1 Safety Rules ............................................................................................................... 2-10
1 -11 Case ..........................................................................................................
2.3.2 Abnormal
0 0 1 -11 2-10
0 1 -11
- - -
024Potential Risks ...........................................................................................................
2.3.3
2 2 024 2 024 2-10
d d d
i d o_ 2.3.4 Safety Devices ............................................................................................................2-11
i d o_ i d o_
gu 2.3.5 Protective Measures for Personal gu gu
Safety ...............................................................2-11
2.3.6 Precautions against Emergency ............................................................................. 2-12
Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 I

Table of Contents SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1 1 1 1
2.4 Precautions
- 0 1-During 0 1-1
Operation..........................................................................................
- 2-1501-1
-
024 Starting...............................................................................................................
2.4.1 2Safe 2 024 2 024
2-15
d d d
i d o_ Safe Operation...........................................................................................................
2.4.2 i d o_ i d o_ 2-18
gu 2.4.3 Safe Parking...............................................................................................................
gu gu 2-23
2.5 Maintenance Precautions ................................................................................................. 2-24
2.5.1 Basic Rules................................................................................................................. 2-24
2.5.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedures ..................................................................................... 2-24
2.5.3 Working Area Preparation........................................................................................ 2-26
2.5.4 Washing the Equipment ........................................................................................... 2-26
2.5.5 Self-Preparation......................................................................................................... 2-27
2.5.6 Proper Tool ................................................................................................................. 2-27
2.5.7 Maintenance with Engine Running ......................................................................... 2-28
1 - 11 1 - 11 1 -11
2.5.8 Working- 0 under the - 0
Roller.......................................................................................... 2-28 - 0
024
2.5.9 2Working 2 024
in Noisy Environment ................................................................................ 2 024
2-29
d d d
i d o_ Removing Paint before Welding
2.5.10 i d oor_ Heating ........................................................
i d o_ 2-29
gu 2.5.11 Correct Welding .......................................................................................................
gu gu 2-29
2.5.12 No Heating beside Hydraulic Pipeline.................................................................. 2-31
2.5.13 No Heating the Pipes with Combustible Liquid................................................... 2-31
2.5.14 Correctly Operating the Hydraulic System .......................................................... 2-31
2.5.15 Being Aware of High-Pressure Liquid .................................................................. 2-32
2.5.16 Regularly Replacing the Rubber Hoses............................................................... 2-32
2.5.17 Avoiding Scald by High-Temperature Liquid ....................................................... 2-33
2.5.18 Preventing Battery from Explosion ....................................................................... 2-33
-11 -11
2.5.19 Preventing Components from Flying out ............................................................. 2-34 11
2.5.20 Safe4 - 0 1
4 - 0 1
Storage of Parts ............................................................................................. 4
2-35 - 01-
2
20Safe 202 02
22-35
d
2.5.21 d
Treatment of Liquid ........................................................................................ d
i o_ Safe Treatment of Chemicals ................................................................................
d2.5.22 i do
_
i
_
do 2-35
g u g u g u
2.5.23 Proper Disposal of Wastes .................................................................................... 2-36
2.6 Safe Transportation ........................................................................................................... 2-36
2.6.1 Load/Unload the Roller............................................................................................. 2-36
2.6.2 Transport the Roller................................................................................................... 2-37
2.6.3 Lift the Roller .............................................................................................................. 2-38
3 System Function .............................................................................................................3-1

3.1 Exterior Components............................................................................................................3-3
0 -11 0 1 -11
3.2 Control Console.....................................................................................................................3-4
1 0 1 -11
- - -
2 0 4 2 024
3.3 Display2.................................................................................................................................
2 024
3-14
d d d
i o_ Panel ............................................................................................................................
3.4 A/C
d i d o_ i d o_ 3-22
u Radio....................................................................................................................................
g3.5 gu gu 3-24
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
II Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023
1 1 1
4.1 Check0before
- 1-1 Starting the Engine.......................................................................................4-3
- 0 1-1 - 0 1-1
2 024Inspection (Walk-around) ............................................................................................4-3
4.1.1 2 024 2 024
d d d
i d o_ 4.1.2 Inspection before Starting ...........................................................................................4-3
i d o_ i d o_
gu 4.2 Adjustments Prior to Startup................................................................................................4-6
gu gu
4.2.1 Seat Adjustment ...........................................................................................................4-6
4.2.2 Rearview Mirror Adjustment .......................................................................................4-8
4.3 Equipment Check Prior to Startup ......................................................................................4-9
4.3.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................4-9
4.3.2 Power on the Control System .....................................................................................4-9
4.3.3 Check the Fuel Level ................................................................................................ 4-10
4.3.4 Check the Propel Control Lever .............................................................................. 4-10
4.3.5 Check1the Emergency Stop Switch ........................................................................ 4-10 1
1 - 1 1 - 11 1-1
- 0
4.3.6 Check - 0
the Park Brake Switch ...................................................................................4-11 - 0
2 024Check the Switches....................................................................................................4-11
4.3.7 2 024 2 024
d d d
i d o_ Engine Starting ...................................................................................................................
4.4 i d o_ i d o_ 4-12
gu g u g u
4.4.1 Normal Start ............................................................................................................... 4-12
4.4.2 Jump-Start .................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.4.3 Engine Start in Cold Weather (Optional)................................................................ 4-13
4.5 After Engine Starting.......................................................................................................... 4-13
4.6 Test Running ....................................................................................................................... 4-14
4.7 Travel Operation................................................................................................................. 4-14
4.7.1 Travel Forward........................................................................................................... 4-14
4.7.2 Travel Backward ........................................................................................................ 4-15
-11 -11
4.8 Vibration Operation............................................................................................................ 4-1511
4
4.9 Parking - 0 1
4 - 0 1
4
Operation .............................................................................................................. - 01-
4-16
d 202 Service Brake.............................................................................................................
4.9.1 d 202 d 202 4-16
_ _ _
u i do 4.9.2 Park Brake..................................................................................................................
u i do u i do 4-17
g g g
4.9.3 Emergency Brake...................................................................................................... 4-18
4.10 Correct Driving According to the Road Condition ....................................................... 4-19
4.10.1 Working near Ditch Edge and Road Shoulder .................................................... 4-19
4.10.2 Working near Buildings Vulnerable to Vibration ................................................. 4-20
4.10.3 Working on the Slope ............................................................................................. 4-20
4.11 Check after Each Work Day ........................................................................................... 4-21
4.12 Transportation .................................................................................................................. 4-21
4.12.1 Transport Vehicle .................................................................................................... 4-21
4.12.2 Using
0 1 -11 a Slope...........................................................................................................
0 1 -11 4-21
0 1 -11
24-Shipping....................................................................................................................
4.12.3
20 24-
20 20 24-4-22
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui 5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
gui gui
5.1 Maintenance Information .....................................................................................................5-3
5.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................5-3
Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 III

1 1 1 1
5.1.2 Checks
- 0 1-before 0 1-1
Maintenance .......................................................................................5-3
- - 0 1-1
024 after Maintenance or Repairs .......................................................................5-3
5.1.3 2Checks 2 024 2 024
d d d
i d o_ Notes on Maintenance.................................................................................................5-4
5.1.4 i d o_ i d o_
gu 5.1.5 Notes on Fuel System..................................................................................................5-4
gu gu
5.1.6 Notes on Engine Performance ...................................................................................5-5
5.1.7 Notes on Hydraulic System.........................................................................................5-5
5.1.8 Torque Values ...............................................................................................................5-5
5.2 Requirements on Use of Oil & Fluid ...................................................................................5-7
5.2.1 Introduction of Functional Oil & Fluids.......................................................................5-7
5.2.2 Oil & Fluids Selection ..................................................................................................5-9
5.2.3 Filling Capacities ....................................................................................................... 5-14
5.3 Test Run Instructions ........................................................................................................ 5-15
1 - 11 1 - 11 1 -11
5.4 Maintenance - 0 - 0
Schedules.................................................................................................... 5-16 - 0
024 024
5.4.1 2Introduction.................................................................................................................
2 2 024
5-16
d d d
i d o_ Roller Maintenance Locations .................................................................................
5.4.2 i d o_ i d o_ 5-16
gu 5.4.3 Routine Maintenance................................................................................................
gu gu 5-17
5.4.4 Engine–Store ............................................................................................................. 5-18
5.4.5 Short-time Storage–Maintain................................................................................... 5-19
5.4.6 Long-time Storage–Maintain ................................................................................... 5-19
5.4.7 Post-maintenance Roller–Check ............................................................................ 5-19
5.4.8 Regular Technical Maintenance Intervals.............................................................. 5-20
5.5 Maintenance for the Power System ................................................................................ 5-23
5.5.1 Air Filter–Clean/Replace .......................................................................................... 5-23
-11 -11
5.5.2 Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change ............................................................................. 5-28 11
4
5.5.3 Engine - 0 1
4 - 0 1
Oil Filter Element–Replace......................................................................... 4
5-31 - 01-
02 Water Separator–Check/Drain/Replace...........................................................
2Oil 202 02
25-32
d
5.5.4 d d
i o_ Radiator–Check/Clean .............................................................................................
d5.5.5 i do
_
i
_
do 5-37
g u g u g u
5.5.6 Engine Coolant-Check/Change............................................................................... 5-38
5.5.7 Engine Belt–Check/Replace.................................................................................... 5-40
5.5.8 Engine Air Intake Pipeline–Check........................................................................... 5-42
5.5.9 Fuel-Check/Refill/Replace ....................................................................................... 5-42
5.5.10 Fuel Filter–Replace................................................................................................. 5-46
5.5.11 Crankcase Vent Line–Check ................................................................................. 5-47
5.6 Maintenance for the Hydraulic System ........................................................................... 5-48
5.6.1 Hydraulic Oil-Check/Refill/Change ......................................................................... 5-48
5.6.2 Hydraulic
0 1 -11Oil Filter–Replace ....................................................................................
0 1 -11 5-51 -11
01
4 - 4 - 4 -
02 202 02
5.7 Maintenance for the A/C ................................................................................................... 5-53
d 2A/C-Check/Maintain d d 25-53
i o_
5.7.1
d5.7.2 i
_ _
..................................................................................................
do .......................................................................
i do 5-56
g u Compressor V-belt–Check/Replace g u g u
5.8 Maintenance for the Electric System............................................................................... 5-58
5.8.1 Battery–Maintain........................................................................................................ 5-58
IV Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

1 1 1
0 1-1 Box-Maintain ................................................................................................
5.8.2 Electric
- - 0 1-1 - 0
5-591-1
2 024Fuse-Replace.............................................................................................................
5.8.3 2 024 2 024 5-60
d d d
i d o_ Maintenance for the Machanical System........................................................................
5.9 i d o_ i d o_ 5-61
gu g u g u
5.9.1 Grease for Propel Bearing-Fill ................................................................................. 5-61
5.9.2 Grease for Central Articulation Frame-Fill ............................................................. 5-62
5.9.3 Lubricant for Drum Vibration Bearing-Replace ..................................................... 5-63
5.9.4 Lubricant for Reducer-Replace ............................................................................... 5-64
5.9.5 Lubricant for Rear Axle-Replace ............................................................................. 5-65
5.9.6 Lubricant for Transfer Case-Replace ..................................................................... 5-66
5.9.7 Damper-Check/Replace........................................................................................... 5-66
5.9.8 Windshield Washer Fluid–Check/Fill...................................................................... 5-66
5.9.9 Oil tank1 and Pipes–Check........................................................................................
1 5-68 1
01-1 01 -1 01 -1
2 4 - 2 4 - 2 4 -
0 0 0
d2
6 Troubleshooting d2 d2
..............................................................................................................6-1
i o_ Mechanical Parts...................................................................................................................6-3
d6.1 i do
_
i do
_
g u g u g u
6.1.1 Engine ............................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.2 Vibratory Drum..............................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3 Propel System...............................................................................................................6-5
6.2 Electrical Parts.......................................................................................................................6-5
6.2.1 Basic Electrical System ...............................................................................................6-5
6.2.2 Electrical System of Working Devices.......................................................................6-6
6.3 Air Conditioning System.......................................................................................................6-6
11 11
7 Specification......................................................................................................................7-1
1- 1- 111-
4 -0 of the Equipment ...............................................................................................7-3
7.1 Dimension
2 2 4 -0 2 4 -0
20
7.2dSpecifications d2
0
d2
0
of the Equipment..........................................................................................7-4
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
8 Disposal ...............................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Disposal of Product...............................................................................................................8-3
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 V

1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
VI Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Introduction
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Introduction
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
1 -11
1.2 Your Documentation
0 1 -11
Package.............................................................................................1-3
0 0 1 -11
- - -
024 Introduction ..................................................................................................................1-3
1.2.1
2 2 024 2 024
d _dDocumentation...................................................1-4 d
i d o_ 1.2.2 Recommendations on Usingidothe i d o_
gu gu gu
1.2.3 Documentation Storage .............................................................................................1-4
1.2.4 Organization of This Manual......................................................................................1-4
1.3 Your SANY Equipment .........................................................................................................1-5
1.3.1 Equipment Directions .................................................................................................1-5
1.3.2 Breaking in a New Equipment ...................................................................................1-5
1.3.3 Equipment Information ...............................................................................................1-6
1.3.4 Serial Number and Distributor Information..............................................................1-7
1.4 Contact Information ..............................................................................................................1-8
1.5 Abbreviations .........................................................................................................................1-8
1 11 -11
-.................................................................................................................................1-8
1 1 -11
1.6 Glossary
- 0 4 -
4 0 4 - 0
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 1-1

Introduction SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

-1 1 11 11
-01
1.Introduction 1- 1-
02 4 024-0 024-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Overview
1.1 do do
gui gui gui
• SANY-built equipment offers high-quality performance and excellent after-sales service support.
• SANY-built equipment is widely used throughout the industry for various types of applications.
• SANY is a leading manufacturer of heavy construction equipment worldwide.
This operator’s manual provides safety, oper-

ation, maintenance, troubleshooting and
specifications. In order to correctly use your
equipment, it is important to read and under-
stand this manual before using the
equipment. 1-1
1 11 11
1- 1-
0 24-0 0 24-0 024-0
Items
_ d 2addressed in this manual are designed
_ d2 _d
2
o o do
guidto help you: uid g gui
• Understand the structure and performance
of your equipment.
• Reduce improper operation and point out Fig 1-1
possible hazardous situations when using
equipment.
• Increase equipment efficiency during
operation.
• Prolong the service life of your equipment.
1 1 11 11
• 01-
Reduce maintenance costs.
4-0
1-
4-0
1-
2 0 24- 202 202read it
d
Always keep this manual nearby and have all d personnel d
involved with any work operations
i o_
dperiodically. i
_
do or lost and cannot be read, it is advised
i
_
do to request a
g u u
If this manual becomes damaged
g g u
replacement copy from your SANY distributor as soon as possible. If you sell the equipment, be
sure to give this manual to the new owner. Continuing improvements in the design can lead to
changes in details which may not be reflected in this manual. Always consult your SANY distributor
for the latest available information on your equipment or if you have questions regarding informa-
tion in this manual.
1.2 Your Documentation Package

1.2.1 Introduction
1
1-1 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0
The documentation includes: 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
d•o Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual.
do do
gui gui gui
• Parts Book– including the Parts List and the Drawings needed when ordering parts. If the Parts
Book is not attached with the equipment, contact SANY.

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
-
1.2.2 Recommendations
024
on Using the Documentation -
02 4-0
2 2 2
_d o_
d _d
do documents only apply to this equipment,
•uThe
i i d and should not be used withidoany other
g equipments. gu gu
• Ensure that the documents are complete and up to date.
• Put all data in a folder (if including leaflets).
• Print and replace the lost, damaged and blotted pages.
• Add the latest SANY data in time and destroy the inapplicable old documents.
1.2.3 Documentation Storage
• Always keep the Operation and Maintenance Manual in the net pocket behind the operator
cabin’s seat. 01-
11 1- 11 1- 11
4- 4-0 4-0
• 202 Book is best left either shelved in the20workshop
The Parts
d
2
d 202be
area or office. It should always
_ to the maintenance and service personnel
_ _d
gu ido
available ido gu
as required.
gui
do
1.2.4 Organization of This Manual
This operator's manual covers operation and maintenance of your equipment. Get familiar with it
before performing any operations. Put this manual within easy reach for your reference and re-
place it if it is lost or damaged. Due to improvement and updating of products, some information
may differ from your equipment. If you have any question on the use and maintenance of your
equipment, contact your SANY distributor.
1. Introduction
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11
2 0 2 -
This section 4provides
2 0 2 - the rest of this manual, including equip-
an overview of what is covered 4in
2 0 24-
_d information and SANY contact information.
ment label
o o_
d
o_
d
i d i d i d
g2.uSafety gu gu
This section covers basic safety information relating to this equipment. Make sure you fully under-
stand all the precautions described in this manual and the safety decals on the equipment before
operating or maintaining this equipment. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death.
3. System functions
This section provides an overview of all the controls and prompt & operating systems on your
equipment. Only when you are familiar with all systems, can you operate and maintain the equip-
ment safely.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11
- - -
024 024 024
4. Operation
2 2 2
_d provides the basic operating procedures
osection o_
d d
o_to study
This
i d i d
u become familiar with all procedures before d
for the equipment. It is important
i
gand gu performing any operations with the equipment.
gu
5. Maintenance

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

2 0 24- provides all general maintenance2and
This section
0 24-repair procedures. It is important to 2study
0 24- and
_d familiar with all the maintenanceo_and
become
o
d repair procedures before performing_any
o
d mainte-
d d d
gui nance or repair operations on the equipment.
gui gui
6. Troubleshooting
This section includes common malfunctions and fault diagnostic procedures for the operating sys-
tem of this single drum roller. The basic troubleshooting methods for mechanical, hydraulic and
electrical systems are included.
7. Specifications
This section provides the general information about this equipment. Some information may change
1
as design modification. 1 1
- 0 1-1 - 0 1-1 - 0 1-1
024
8. Disposal
2 2 024 2 024
d d d
i d o_ section provides the suggestions and
This i d o_precautions on the disposal of the machine
i d o_ removed
gu from service. gu gu
1.3 Your SANY Equipment

1.3.1 Equipment Directions
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d1 _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3
4
Fig 1-2
1. Front 2. Right 3. Back 4. Left
1 11 11
1-1 in a New Equipment
1.3.2 Breaking 1- 1-
02 4-0 2 4-0 24-0
Your d 2equipment has been well adjusted and 20 before delivery. However, initial operation
dtested d2
0 on
o _ o _ o _
dthe equipment in severe conditions willuiseriously
d d the service life
gui gui
affect the performance or reduce
g
of the equipment. Thus SANY recommends you to perform 100 hour test run before putting the
equipment into production use.

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- period: - -
024 024 024
During the break-in
d 2 d 2 d 2
• Let
i d o_the equipment warm up prior to any operation.
i d o_ i d o_
g•uAvoid operating or running the equipmentgu at a high speed in overload working conditions.
gu
• Avoid sudden starting, rapid movement or abrupt stop of the equipment.
• Cool down the equipment system at the end of every working day.
1.3.3 Equipment Information
The serial numbers and model numbers on

the components are the only numbers that
your SANY distributor will need when ordering
replacement parts-1or1 requiring assistance for -11 11
0 1 0 1 1-
024
your equipment. - You can find the related infor-
024
-
02 4-0
2
mation_don the data plate. It is a good idea to _d 2 2
o _d
uid this information in this manual forgufu-
grecord ido gui
do
ture use.
Product identification plate is riveted on the Fig 1-3

left side of the rear frame.
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 4-0 4-0
1.3.42Serial 202
Number and Distributor Information 2 02
_d _d _d
doThis location is for you to record information
do relating to your equipment. It is advised
do
gui gui gui that you
keep this manual with your equipment at all times for reference.
Product Type
Serial No.
Date of Production
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Distributor Name:
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Address: gui
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Phone Numbers:
1 -11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1-11

4-0 4-0 4-0
202 Information
1.4 Contact 202 202
o _d o _d o _d
uid you for purchasing a SANY product.guInidthe event that you need to contact us gfor
gThank uidany reason,
you can reach us as follows.
Our address:
Sany Industry Zone,
Economic & Technical Development Zone Changsha, Hunan, China 410100
Tel: 0086-731-84031888
Email: crd@sany.com.cn
0 1 -11 1-11 1-11
024
-
1.5 Abbreviations
02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
i do – Global positioning system do do
gui gui
•uGPS
g
• ISO – International Organization for Standardization
• A/C – Air condition
• rpm – Revolutions per minutes
• MIN – Minimum
• MAX – Maximum
• OAT –Organic Acid Technology
1.6 Glossary
0 1 -11 machine with one vibratory drum.01-11

• Single Drum Roller–A 1-11
- 24-
024 – Unique machine designation. On20machine 4-0
202
• Serial Number nameplate.
2
_d
• Refrigerant _d in various heat engines d
_ energy
ido
– The intermediary substance oused
do
to complete
guconversion id
gu g u i
• Cab – The small cabin where the operator stays in and control the equipment.
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Safety
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Safety
1 -11 1 -11 1 -11

4-0 4-0 4-0
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2 2 2
20
2.1dGeneral d2
0
d2
0
...................................................................................................................................2-3
_ _ _
do 2.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................2-3
do do
gui gui gui
2.1.2 Intended Use................................................................................................................2-4
2.1.3 Unintended Use...........................................................................................................2-5
2.1.4 Qualifications of Operators and Maintenance Personnel .....................................2-5
2.1.5 Unauthorized Modification .........................................................................................2-5
2.2 Safety Message.....................................................................................................................2-5
2.2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................2-5
2.2.2 Safety Message Introduction.....................................................................................2-6
2.2.3 Safety Alerts.................................................................................................................2-6
0 1 -11
2.2.4 An Example
0 1 -11
of Safety Alerts .....................................................................................2-7
0 1 -11
2.2.54-Safety Decals Locations.............................................................................................2-7
2 0 2 2 0 24- 2 0 24-
o _d2.2.6 Safety Decals...............................................................................................................2-8
o_
d
o_
d
i d i d i d
gu 2.3 General Precautions..........................................................................................................
gu gu 2-10
2.3.1 Safety Rules.............................................................................................................. 2-10
2.3.2 Abnormal Case......................................................................................................... 2-10
2.3.3 Potential Risks.......................................................................................................... 2-10
2.3.4 Safety Devices...........................................................................................................2-11
2.3.5 Protective Measures for Personal Safety ..............................................................2-11
2.3.6 Precautions against Emergency ............................................................................ 2-12
2.4 Precautions During Operation.......................................................................................... 2-15
2.4.1 Safe Starting ............................................................................................................. 2-15
2.4.2 Safe
0 1 -11Operation .........................................................................................................
0 1 -11 2-18
0 1 -11
- - -
024 Safe Parking .............................................................................................................
2.4.3
2 2 024 2 024 2-23
d d d
i d o_ Maintenance Precautions .................................................................................................
2.5
i d o_ i d o_ 2-24
gu gu gu
2.5.1 Basic Rules ............................................................................................................... 2-24
2.5.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedures.................................................................................... 2-24
2.5.3 Working Area Preparation ...................................................................................... 2-26
Safety SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1 1 1
2.5.4 Washing
- 0 1-1 the Equipment ..........................................................................................
- 0 1-1 2-2601-1
-
024
2.5.52Self-Preparation 2 024 2
....................................................................................................... 024
2-27
d d d
i d o_ Proper Tool................................................................................................................
2.5.6 i d o_ i d o_ 2-27
gu 2.5.7 Maintenance with Engine Running........................................................................
gu gu 2-28
2.5.8 Working under the Roller ........................................................................................ 2-28
2.5.9 Working in Noisy Environment ............................................................................... 2-29
2.5.10 Removing Paint before Welding or Heating....................................................... 2-29
2.5.11 Correct Welding...................................................................................................... 2-29
2.5.12 No Heating beside Hydraulic Pipeline ................................................................ 2-31
2.5.13 No Heating the Pipes with Combustible Liquid ................................................. 2-31
2.5.14 Correctly Operating the Hydraulic System......................................................... 2-31
2.5.15 Being Aware of High-Pressure Liquid................................................................. 2-32
1 - 11 1 - 11 1 -11
0 0 0
24- 24- -
2.5.16 Regularly Replacing the Rubber Hoses ............................................................. 2-32
2
2.5.17 0Avoiding Scald by High-Temperature20Liquid......................................................22-33 024
d d d
i d o_ Preventing Battery from Explosion......................................................................
2.5.18 i d o_ i d o_ 2-33
gu 2.5.19 Preventing Components from gu Flying out ............................................................
gu 2-34
2.5.20 Safe Storage of Parts ............................................................................................ 2-35
2.5.21 Safe Treatment of Liquid....................................................................................... 2-35
2.5.22 Safe Treatment of Chemicals............................................................................... 2-35
2.5.23 Proper Disposal of Wastes ................................................................................... 2-36
2.6 Safe Transportation ........................................................................................................... 2-36
2.6.1 Load/Unload the Roller............................................................................................ 2-36
2.6.2 Transport the Roller ................................................................................................. 2-37
11 11
2.6.3 Lift the Roller.............................................................................................................
1- 1-
2-38 11
1-
2 4 -0 2 4 -0 2 4 -0
20 20 2 0
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 1 11 11
-01
2.Safety 1- 1-
02 4 024-0 02 4-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ General
d2.1 do do
g u gui gui
2.1.1 Introduction
This Operation and Maintenance Manual is a guide for you to operate your equipment
correctly.
It contains technical and safety information necessary for operation of your equipment. Read and
understand each section of the manual.
Always operate your equipment according to national, provincial, prefectural and municipal laws
-11
and regulations.
01 -11 01 -11 01
2 4 - 4 - 4 -
SANY20cannot
d 202 that can involve a potential risk during
anticipate every possible circumstance
d d 202opera-
i o_ and maintenance. The safety messages
dtion i
_
do in this manual and on the product uare,
i
_
dotherefore, not
u
g all inclusive. If a procedure, work method g u or operating technique that is not gspecifically recom-
mended in this manual is used, you must be sure that it is safe for you and for others. You should
also make sure that the product will not be damaged or be made unsafe by the operation, lubrica-
tion, maintenance or repair procedures that you select.
The equipment must not be towed.
Equipment covered by this manual is used for various operations under normal conditions.
Never use the equipment in the flammable or explosive environment, or in areas containing asbes-
tos dust. 1 1 1
- 0 1-1 - 0 1-1 - 0 1-1
Select a24 4
2 0 SANY tandem roller with a configuration2 02suitable 2 0 4
for high-plateau operation when 2operat-
din areas 2000 meters above the sea level. d d
o_ o_ o_
ing
i d i d i d
gu The information, specifications, and illustrations
gu gu of information
in this publication are on the basis
that was available at the time that the publication was written. SANY reserves the right to change
these information at any time without prior notice. Consult SANY distributor to obtain the latest in-
formation or if you have any question on the information provided in this manual.
Before starting operation and maintenance, operator and maintenance personnel shall observe
the following items:
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

4-
• Read and02understand the whole manual.
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
• Reado_ and understand the safety notices o_ _d
i d i d do
gucontained in this manual and the safety
gu gui
messages on the equipment.
• Never apply or operate your equipment
under any circumstances in a manner that
is not permitted in this manual.
• If the amount of fuel added, content of par-
ticulates ,or latitude is beyond the specifica-
tion of this type of equipment, damage
could occur and the warranty of your equip- Fig 2-1
ment would become
0 1 -11 invalid. 0 1 -11 1-11
0 24- 0 24- 024-0
2
d should be kept in the cabin all the _d 2 2
_d
The manual
o _ o
uid for operator to refer to at any time. Con-
uid do
gui
time
gtact SANY distributor to obtain a new manual
g
if the original one is missing or cannot be
read.
This manual should be regarded as a perma-

nent component of your equipment. If the
equipment is sold to a third party, give this
manual to the new owner. The equipment pro-
vided by SANY Road Machinery Co., Ltd to its
-11 -11 11
buyer is in line with all specifications and
0 1 0 1 1-
0 2 -
standards of 4buyer's country. If the equipment
0 2 4- 024-0
d 2 from another country or some- d 2 2
_d
is purchased
o _ _
i dof a third country, it can lack some safety i do do
gui
one
u
gdevices or technical requirements necessary g u
for using the equipment in your country. In
case you question whether the equipment is
in accordance with the standards and specifi-
cations of your country, contact SANY distrib-
utor before operating the equipment.
2.1.2 Intended Use
-11 vibratory drum are mainly designed-for

The rollers with smooth
1 11 the following operations:
1 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
• 202 different kinds of pavements, such as
Compacting 2
20pebble, 2
sandy soil, moraine soil blasting20rock
_d _d _d
ido cohesive soil.
and
g•uCompacting gui
do
gui
do
foundation materials such as concrete and stabilized soil in various large-scale
projects.

- 11 - 11 - 11
• -01 work on airports, ports, dams high-grade
Compacting
4 -01 highways and other industrial construction
4 -014
202
sites.
d d2
02
d2
02
i d o_ d o_ d o_
gu NOTE： gui gui
It is not recommended to use rollers with welded or removable padfoot for compacting stone mate-
rials such as gravels, blasting rocks and the rockfill. Padfoots could wear or crack for such opera-
tion. All those consequences will be born by the user.
2.1.3 Unintended Use
• Operation by untrained personnel in an unprofessional manner or using the equipment for pur-
poses unmentioned in this manual may pose hazard.
• 11vibration on asphalt pavement and pavement
Avoid starting 11 with thick ice. 11
• 4 - 01- and operating the equipment in an4explosive
Avoid starting - 01- environment. 4-0
1-
2 02 2 02 202
d d _d
i d o_ Qualifications of Operators and i d o_Maintenance Personnel do
gu 2.1.4
gu gui
• The equipment can only be operated by
trained and authorized persons who are at
least 18 years old.
• The operator must fully understand and
obey the operation rules of the equipment.
• Persons under the influence of alcohol,
medication or drugs are not permitted to op-
erate, service1or repair the equipment.
-1 1- 11 1- 11
• -01 and qualified personnel can
Only trained
24 24-0 4-0
0 0 02
d 2 out maintenance and repair tasks ofd 2
carry
_d
2
do_the equipment. d o_ do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-2
2.1.5 Unauthorized Modification
Any modification to the machine without authorization from SANY can have a bad effect on the ma-
chine's performance or pose more serious risks. Incorrect operation or unapproved application
may lead to equipment failure, personal injury or possible death. SANY assumes no responsibility
for such losses.
11
2.2 Safety1-Message 1- 11 1- 11
0 24-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2Introduction
2.2.1
_ _d
2
_d
2
u i do ido ido
guthe
g Safety decals and safety messages on g u
machine should be dealt with and arranged properly as
following：

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- 4- information of all safety decals on02the
4-
• Make sure
2 024that you get familiar with the locations
2 02and 2
d d d
i o_
machine.
d i d o_ i d o_
g•uAll warning decals must be placed in the gu proper locations on the machine. Theygumust be kept
clean for readability. Never use organic solvent or gasoline to clean the warning decals, which
may cause the paints on the safety decal to fall.
• Other signs are also on the machine besides safety decals and safety messages, which must be
kept clean and intact.
• Use a new safety decal or safety message in a timely manner to replace the old one which is
damaged or missing.
2.2.2 Safety Message Introduction
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

2 0 2 -
For using the4machine safely and properly, this manual4-has provided you with the detailed illustra-
2 0 2 2 0 24-
tions todthe decals on the machine to make youd be aware of potential hazards and prevent
o _ o _ o _d the
d d d
gui gui gui
hazards.
All operators or maintenance personnel involved with the use of this machine must read this man-
ual thoroughly and fully understand the safety message on the machine prior to operating or main-
taining this machine. Strictly observe the safety rules provided in this manual to avoid personal
injury and damage to the machine.
2.2.3 Safety Alerts
The following safety alerts are used to inform you there may be potential dangers that lead to per-
1
sonal injury or damage.
1 1 1 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0
02 and on the machine decals, different2safety 4-0
02 alerts or illustrations are used to express 4-0
202
In this manual
d 2 d d
_
the potential level of hazard. _ _
do do do
gui gui gui
Table 2–1 Safety Alerts and Explanation
Safety Alerts Explanation
DANGER Indicates an imminent hazard which, if not avoided, will re-

sult in serious injury or death.
-11 -11
which, if not avoided, could re- 01-1
1
-01 0 1hazard
Indicates a potential
02 4WARNING 4 -
sult in injury or02possibly death. 024
-
2 2 2
_d o_
d
o_
d
do d d
gui gui gui

1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0
Safety Alerts and 0
4-0
Table 2–1 Explanation (continue)
02 02 4- 02
d2 Safety Alerts d2 Explanation
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
CAUTION Indicates a possible potential hazard which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or major injury.
Indicates a situation which can cause damage to the

NOTICE equipment, personal property and/or the environment, or
cause the equipment to operate incorrectly.
This hazard alert symbol appears in most hazardous situa-

1 -11 and alert, because your safety is0in--11
0 1-1 0 1
tion. It means attention 1
4- -
024 read and obey the message that follows
024
-
202 volved! Please
2 2
_d _d alert symbol. o_
d
do
the o
hazard
gui uid
gIndicates uid
that the operation disobeys thegsafety regula-
tions, which may cause personal injury or death. And the
operation is not permitted,
2.2.4 An Example of Safety Alerts
NOTICE
Risk of machine damage!
Mixed use of different brands of oil could cause machine performance degradation or component
failure.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11
Never0mix
2 24- oil and fluids of different brands while0using
24- them.
2 024
-
2
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui 2.2.5 Safety Decals Locations
gui gui
3 4 5
1
2 6
Fig 2-3
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 caution
1. Vibration
d
3. Diesel oil tank
2024. Note for covering 2 2
6. Hydraulic oil 0tank
o _
sign indication _d part lock indication _d
d2. do do
gui Keep away gui 5. Power switch notice gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

-Decals - -
024 024 024
2.2.6 Safety
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d
Safety o_decals are fixed to the equipment, which
i d o_ are used to alert local operator or maintenance
i d o_
u
gworkers gu when operating or servicing the equipment.
gu
that potential danger might be involved
The equipment uses "safety words" and "safety symbols" to indicate safety measures.
Safety Words
NOTICE
Protect generator from water when washing machine
1-11 11 11
4-0 - 01-
Fig 42-4 4-0
1-
2 02 202 2 02
o _d _d _d
uid Symbols do do
gSafety gui gui
Safety symbol uses an image to indicate a hazardous situation that may occur during maintenance
or operation, which make the operator or serviceman understand the type and level of a hazardous
situation at any time.
• Vibration caution sign
1-11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 2-5
gui
• Keep away
Keep away from the center articulation frame

when the roller is working, or you may be
squeezed.
1-11 11 11
4-0 - 01-
Fig 42-6 4-0
1-
2 02 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
• Diesel24oil- tank indication
0 02 4-0 02 4-0
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
o do do
guid gui gui
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 4-0
02 Fig 2-7 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui • Note for covering part lock gui gui
Fig 2-8
• Power switch11notice 11 11
1- 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-9
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1-11
• Hydraulic2oil
0 4
-tank indication
024-0 024-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
1-11 11 11
4-0 - 01-
Fig 42-10 4-0
1-
202 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2.3 General Precautions
2.3.1 Safety Rules
• Only trained personnel are allowed to operate and service the equipment.
• Never operate the roller that has fault.
• Never operate the roller in a hazardous situation.
• All safety rules, precautions and instructions must be followed when operating and servicing the
equipment.
1
1 drug could seriously impair one's ability 1 11
• Taking alcohol1-or 1-1 in operating or repairing the equip- 1-
4-0
02it is hazardous for you and other persons.
02 4-0 4-0
ment, and
d 2 d 2 d 202
• When _ _ _
u i do working with another operator orutraffic
i do signalman on the worksite, be sure
u i dtoo make all
g people understand all gestures to be used.
g g
2.3.2 Abnormal Case
In case of any abnormalities found during operation and maintenance, such as noise, odor, incor-
rect gauge display, smoke, or oil leakage, you are obligated to inform your boss and take neces-
sary measures. Never operate the equipment before the faults are eliminated.
2.3.3 Potential Risks

11
1- machine accordance with standards-0and 11
1- regulations. However, potential risks-01- 11
Always operate
4 - 0the 4 4
2
can still not02be completely ruled out. So, special attention
2 02 should be paid when working with 2 02the
d _d of a possible malfunction, an incidento_ord failure
d o_ so that you can react immediately iindocase
machine,
i d
u
getc. gu gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- Devices - -
024 024 024
2.3.4 Safety
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_protect yourself and others around you,
To i d o_your roller may be equipped with theidfollowing
o_ safety
gu devices. See that each item is securely
guin place and in operating condition. gu
• Headlights, rear lights, turn lights

• Alert lights
• Rearview mirror
• Windshield wipers & washers
• Horn
• Safety decals
1 1 11
1-1 Measures for Personal Safety 1-1
2.3.5 Protective 1-
02 4-0 4-0 4-0
2 202 2 02
_d d
_WARNING _d
do do do
gui Risk of personal injury! gui gui
• Wearing loose fitting clothes and decorative ornaments, you could easily get caught by the con-
trol lever or other protruding parts.
• Letting the long hair outside of the safety hat, you could be entangled by rotating parts.
• Listening to the radio or wear music earphones when operating could easily distract your atten-
tion and cause accidents.
• Working around noise for a long time could cause damage or failure to hearing.
Avoid above improper behaviors and check all protective devices for proper function prior to
operation.
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 work clothes and personal safety de-d 202
Wear all
d 2 02
_ issued to you or called for your job con-_ _d
do do do
vices
u i
g ditions. You may need: g u i gui
• Hard hat
• Hearing protection
• Reflective clothing
• Protective gloves
• Safety shoes
If necessary, wear a respirator or a filter mask.
Wear necessary1 equipment, and other safety

1-1
equipment-0required 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
by your employer, public
24- 024-0
2
and governmental administrations, laws and 20 Fig 2-11 2
d _d _d
o_
idregulations. ido do
gui
Never take a risk.
gu gu

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

Working around
0 24- noise for a long time will 2024- 024-0
2 2
_d
cause damage
o
or failure to hearing. When the d
_ _d
i d with no cabin is used or the noise on uthe
i do do
u
roller
g g gui
work site is beyond 85 dB, please wear the
audition protection device as earplugs. This
would reduce the damage to human ears.
Fig 2-12
1-11 1- 11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202
2.3.6 Precautions against Emergency 202 2 02
o _d _d _d
do
uid read the operation regulations and local
o
uidsignal, ges-
gFully gui driving laws, mastering the meaninggof
ture, symbol, and notification. Before driving the roller, it is forbidden to take excitant drink or
drugs.
Find out the places placing fire extinguisher, emergency apparatus, and alarm telephone as well.
Avoid commonsense accidents. If accident occurs, try to adopt effective measures rapidly. First of
all, it is most important to guarantee the personal safety, and then, consider reducing losses of
goods and materials.
Use the emergency stop switch correctly

1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 NOTICE
02 4-0 024-0
Riskoof d2
_ machine damage! _d
2
_d
2
i do could shorten the service life of theuidengine
d frequent use of the emergency stop switch o
g u
The gui g and
other important parts.
Except for emergency, do not use emergency stop switch.
When an emergency incident happens, the

operator can press down the emergency stop
switch immediately to stop the roller. The
switch is installed on the side box.
When the incident is eliminated, the operator

1 -11 by rotating it clockwise
can release the switch -11 1-11
0
- again.
and start the24roller -01
Fig 2-13
4 4-0
0 02 02
_d2 d2 _d
2
o o_ do
uid
Evacuation
g
in fire accident
gui
d
gui
Evacuate the equipment with the following methods in case of fire accident:

0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
If time is24
0
-
sufficient.
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 d2 2
o_Move the propel _ _d
i d1) control lever
do
to STOP
do
gu position. gui gui
O
T
P
P
O
T
Fig 2-14
2) Turn the park 1brake switch (on the panel) to

-1 1-11 1- 11
-01
P position.
4 4-0 4-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-15
3) Turn the key switch to the P/O position. Re-

-11
move the key.
1 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d O I _d
do do do
II
gui gui gui

P III
Fig 2-16
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1-11
024
4) Evacuate from - the equipment.
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
Fig 2-17
11 11 11
01-
5) Use the fire extinguisher
4- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-18
1 1 1
- 0 1-1 press down the emergency stop switch
If time is insufficient,
- 0 1-1 and evacuate from the roller. Then-01-1
use the fire02 4
extinguishers or call fire fighters for help.024 024
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
Touching high-voltage lines
When working near high-voltage lines, the op-

erator should take extreme care. If the roller
touches them during traveling, take measures
as follows.
• Never leave the operator’s seat.

• Warn other persons to stay away from the
roller.
• If possible, drive 1the roller away from the
11 11
-1 1- 1-
-01
dangerous area.
24 4-0 4-0
0 02 02
• d 2the power supply of the roller.
Cut off d 2Fig
_d
2
d o_ do
_ 2-19
do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
0 4
- protection
Falling 2object
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
Ifo_at a work site, the cabin has the danger o_of _d
i d i d do
gu being hit or invaded by falling objects gu and gui
scattered materials. So the operator must use
the protective cover to protect himself accord-
ing to the operating condition.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-20
2.4 Precautions During Operation

2.4.1 Safe Starting
1. Safe mounting
When you mount or dismount the equipment:
• 1 roller and maintain a three-

Always face 1the 11 11
4 - 01- (one hand and two feet or two 4-01-
point contact 4-0
1-
d 202 and one foot). d 202 202
_hands
_ _d
i d•o Never jump on/off the roller. Never mount
i do a do
g u g u gui
moving roller.
• Never use any control lever as a handrail.
• Remove the mud, oil dirt and water from
pedal, handrails and shoes at any time.
Fig 2-21
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
2. Seat adjusting -
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
d
Uncomfortable
i d
seat position can easily lead to
i do
u
goperator fatigue and operating mistake. gu gui
The seat position should be adjusted upon
change of operator.
Leaning against the back of seat, operator

shall be able to operate the control lever prop-
erly. Otherwise, the seat should be readjusted
by moving it forward or backward.
Fig 2-22
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02
3. Seat belt 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
idocase
g•uIn uid
of tipping-over of the equipment,
g
o
gui
do
the operator could be injured or thrown out
of the cabin, or be crushed by roller, caus-
ing serious injury or death.
• Before operating the roller, check the
buckles for seat belt and fastening fittings
carefully.
• In case of any damage or wear, the seat
belt and other attachments should be re-
-11 11 11
Fig 2-23
1- 1-
placed prior to operation.
• When the24 -01 4-0 4-0
02 02
equipment is running, be seated
0
2 seat and fasten your seat belt to 2 2
_d
in operator _d _d
ido accidents.
guavoid gui
do
gui
do
• The seat belt should be replaced every
three years regardless of its condition.
4. Before starting the engine
Before starting your daily work, the following items are to be observed prior to start of the engine.
• Check the levels of engine oil, hydraulic oil and coolant.

• Check if the lubrication points are lubricated properly.
• Check air filter for blocking.
11 11 11
• 01-damage.
Check wires-for
4 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
• Set all 2 02 switches and levers to "0" position2or
control 02"NEUTRAL" position except the emergency
202
_d _d _d
ido switch.
stop
gui
do
gui
do
g•uAdjust the seat to a position easy for operation; check seat belts and buckles for damage and
wear.

- 11 - 11 - 11
• -01rearview mirrors so as to see clearly from
Adjust the
4 4-01 the driver's seat what is happening behind
-01
4
02
the2roller. 02 02
d d2 d2
i d•o_Clean the windows to ensure a good vision.
i do
_
d o_
g u
• g u
Clean the headlights and work lights, and check them for regular functions.
gui
5. Engine starting
Before starting, be sure there is nobody under

or around the roller. Sound the horn for
warning.
• Start or operate the roller in a seated

position.
• -11
No one is permitted
0 1
to stay on the roller ex-
0
11
Fig1-2-24 1- 11
-
024 operator.
cept the
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
•o_Never o_
start the engine if you think there _d
i d i d do
gu could be a short circuit, which is dangerous
gu gui
and can cause damage to the roller.
To understand proper starting steps of the roll-

er, see “Normal Start” on page 4-12.
In a cold weather, sufficient warm-up opera-

tion is necessary. Incomplete warm-up may
result in slow reaction and accidents.
Before starting, check the battery to see if its

-11 or leaks. In case of frozen
electrolyte is1frozen
0 1-11 1- 11
-
024 never charge the battery.
electrolyte, 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui WARNING gui gui
Risk of personal injury!
Improper operation could lead to battery ex-
plosion or roller out of control, and could lead
to serious accident.
Never use the jump-start personally. Contact
SANY dealer when necessary.
The use of jump-start must be carried out ac-
0 1 - 1
cording to the1instructions in operation sec-
0 1 -11 1- 11
tion. See
0 24- “Jump-Start” on page 4-12. 2024- 02 4-0
2 2
_d d _d
Improper operation can lead to battery explo-
i d o i d o_in- do
gui
sion or roller out of control, hence personal
gu jury and death. gu
6. After starting the engine

1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 d2
WARNING 2
o _d _
o o_d
uid of death or serious injury!
Risk
gRoller g uid g uid
out of control could cause death or serious injury.
Prior to operation, make sure you could properly control the speed, direction, braking.
Observe the pressure gauges, instrument and warning lights to ensure they are properly function-
ing, with all readings within specific ranges.
2.4.2 Safe Operation
1. Surveying the work site in advance
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02
WARNING 4-0 02 4-0
_
Riskoof
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i d death or serious injury! do do
u gui at the ditch edge or on road shoulder,
gThe machine could roll over when working guiwhich could
cause serious injury or even death.
• Do not use the machine on the ground not solid enough or with holes, nor use the machine
along the channel or incline road.
• Check the work site and road conditions in advance to prevent the machine from overturning,
or even the ground, material stockpile or bank from collapse.
Check the work site and road conditions in ad-

vance to prevent the roller from overturning,
or even the ground,
0 1 -11material stockpile or bank 0 1 -11 1-11
-
024 Reinforce the ground, ditch 2024
from collapse. -
02 4-0
2
d road shoulder according to require- _d 2
o_
edge and _d
i d do do
u
gments and keep a certain distance between gui gui
the roller and the ditch edge or road shoulder.
Formulate a working plan and use the roller
applicable to the work and construction site.
Fig 2-25
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
4-
For the2multi-roller
0
operation, the united sig- 24-
0 024-0
2 d2
nalsd are required to be applied. Appoint a sig- 2
_ _ _d
do do do
gui nalman to organize the operation, and gui make gui
sure all workers obey the guide of the signal-
man. A signalman is also on demand when
working on a slope or on a road shoulder.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 2-26 gui
Keep especially alert when working on an icy road, since the rise of the ambient temperature will
make the foundation soft and slippery.
NOTICE
Running the machine beyond its allowable
gradeability could affect the service of the
engine. 1 -11 11
1-1roller on a slope or a muddy
Never run-0the 0 1 1-
24 the machine within its allowable 2024-
road,20run 024-0
2
_d
ogradeability. o_
d _d
d d do
gui gui gui
See “Specifications of the Equipment” on
page 7-4 for the roller's grade ability.
Don’t operate the roller on the ground not sol- Fig 2-27
id enough or with holes.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

Never start up
0 24-and operate the roller in a com- 2024- 024-0
2
bustibled and explosive environment. For ex- d 2
_ _ _d
i do avoid operating it in a narrowuior do do
u
ample,
g g gui
unventilated space. Keep good ventilation in
any conditions.
Make sure when the vibratory roller is work-

ing, there isn’t any vulnerable building and
equipment around. The damage caused by
the vibratory roller can affect certain distance
range.
If the rolling materials will induce dust, install Fig 2-28

0 1 -11 water the pavement or 1- 11 1-11
4-0 4-0
ventilation devices,
4-
202 mask.
wear a gauze 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
g2.uiBefore operation gui gui
Test the roller before operation.
• When conducting inspection, move the equipment to a spacious area without barriers and oper-
ate slowly. Any other person is not allowed to approach the equipment.
• Check the roller for abnormality such as abnormal noise, vibration, smoke, odor or gauge read-
ing and leakage.
• When the propel control lever is at the

"STOP" position, rotate the throttle switch to
11 11 11
01- speed and then operate
test the engine's
4- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
202 to check the machine works 02 02
R
N
P
the switch 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
normally.
• Fully understand the working mode of the

roller.
• In case of any abnormality, stop operation and
take corrective measures immediately. Fig 2-29
NOTE：
When hearing abnormal noise, first check the noise to see if it comes from inside. If it really comes
from inside, shut down the roller immediately, or it may lead to further fault.
3. Safe traveling1-1
1 11 11
1- 1-
0 24-0 0 24-0 024-0
d 2 the roller, the operator should observe
When driving
_ d 2 the following provisions:
_ _d
2
i do i do do
u u
g• It’s forbidden to carry people on the roller
g except the operator. gui
• It’s forbidden to mount or jump off a moving roller.

11
1- equipment only on the operator’s seat. - 11 - 11
• Operate-0the
2 4 -01 Keep the seat belt fastened and the cabin
4 -01
4
20closed 02 02
door
d during working.
d2 d2
i d•o_Do not adjust operator’s seat when driving.
i do
_
d o_
g u g u gui
• Sound the horn to warn persons around,
and make sure there’s no person or ob-
stacle nearby.
-11 1
Fig 2-30
1 11
-01 1- 1-
2 4 4-0 4-0
• The
d 20driving d 202 202
_d
speed should match the work-
d o_ o_ do
gui uid and
ing condition. When the road is flat
g gui
straight, high speed is allowed; when the
road is getting worse, the low speed is
demanded.
• Do not operate the machine continuously
for more than one hour at high speed (rabbit
gear), otherwise the machine can only work Fig 2-31
at low speed (tortoise gear) or stop at least
20 minutes.
- 11 - 11 1- 11
• -01the roller is stopped can the operator change
Only when -01 the gear. 4-0
2 024 2 024 202
d traveling on a slope, make sure the
•o_When d _d
i d i d o_ do
gu degree of the slope is not beyondgthe
u roll- gui
er's allowable gradeability. See
“Specifications of the Equipment” on page
7-4.
Fig 2-32
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

-
024 on a slope, it's only allowed to 2024
• When driving -
02 4-0
d 2 d 2
o_ upward or downward in a straight line
drive
o_ _d
i d i d do
guat a low speed. Traveling across a slope gu is gui
prohibited.
• Do not run the machine on a slope at high
speed (rabbit gear). On a slope, the control
lever should be operated slowly to drive the
machine.
Fig 2-33
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

-
024 occurs, press down the emer- 2024
• When danger -
02 4-0
d 2 d 2
o_ stop switch immediately. Do not use
gency
o_ _d
i d i d do
guthe emergency stop switch as the normal
gu gui
brake.
• Restart the equipment only after the danger
is eliminated.
• Do not apply P （Parking） knob before the

machine stops completely. Fig 2-34
• In poor visibility conditions, turn on the work
lights for clearer vision.
1 1 11 11
01-
4. Safe turning
4-0
1-
4-0
1-
2 0 24- 02 02
d turning, the operator should ob- d 2 2
When making
_ _ _d
i do the following provisions: i do do
u u gui
serve
g g
• When changing direction, make sure there
is no person near the center articulation
frame.
• Only when the roller is at the low speed can
the operator change the direction.
• Don't make any abrupt turning.
Fig 2-35
- 11 1- 11 1-11
-01
5. Safe vibrating
4-0 4-0
2 024 02
2observe 202
When_thed roller starts vibrating, the operator should
_ d the following provisions: _ d
u i do u i do u i do
g• Never start vibration without travelling; never
g vibrate when travelling at high speedg (gear II).
• Never start vibration on hard ground.

1 1 1
1-1 buildings and underground facilities
• Take the-0nearby - 0 -1 consideration before vibration. 01-1
1into -
4
02start 024 the danger of side sliding. 024
• Don't
d 2 vibration on sloppy road, for it will 2increase
d d 2
i d o_ i d o_ i d o_
gu • When compacting the road edges gadjacent u gu
to pavement, ensure that more than 2/3 of
drum width is on the road compacted
previously.
1- 11 1- 11 1
1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0Fig 2-36 02 4-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui 1. 2/3 of drum width
gui
• Only when the roller stops vibrating can the
operator change vibration frequency or
working mode.
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 4-0
02 Fig 02 4-0
2 2 2-37 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2.4.3 Safe Parking
Requirements for parking area
When parking the roller, the operator should observe the following provisions:
• Try to park the roller on flat and solid

ground.
• Try to park the roller indoors, avoiding direct
1
sunlight and precipitation.
-1 11 11
-01 1- 1-
• If it is required
24
to park on a slope, make
24-0 02 4-0
20that the gradient of the slope is not be- 20
sure 2
_d _d _d
do yond ability. ido do
gui gui
the roller's grade See
“Specifications of the
gu
Equipment” on page
Fig 2-38
7-4 for more details.

11
- 1- 11 1-11
• -01road roller in the open air in
If parking the
4 4-0 4-0
rain or 2 02 please protect the control con-
snow, 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
ido and the instrument
sole
guwith ido
panel in the cab
gu gui
do
waterproof covers.
Parking rules
• Follow the parking steps to park the roller.

See “Park Brake” on page 4-17.
• Do not park the machine on a slope. If un-
avoidable, operate the control lever until the
machine stops completely, and then apply
1 brake, and take meas-
P knob for parking
-1 11 11
-01 sliding. The gradient of 1- 1-
ures to prevent
24 02 4-0 024-0
20 be within the allowed scope.
slopedshould 2 2
o_ _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-39
2.5 Maintenance Precautions

2.5.1 Basic Rules
• 1 a damaged roller or the one with potential

It is forbidden to use 1 troubles. 11
-1 -1 1-
• -01 and authorized aintenance staff can-maintain
Only the qualified
24
01
24
the equipment.
4-0
• 20the maintenance regulations, including spare
Observe 20 parts replacement. 2 02
o _d o _d _d
uid uid do
g2.5.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedures
g gui
Only authorized employees performing re-

pairs on the roller shall perform lockout/tagout
in accordance with the procedure listed
DANGER
below.
If the employee performing repairs to the roller

is issued a lock and key, the employee shall NO OPERATION
not share the lock or
- 1 1 key with other employ- -11 11
0 1 0 1 1-
- - 4-0
ees until all repair procedures are complete
024
and the 2machine is ready to put back into 2 024 2 02
_d _d _d
do
service. do Fig 2-40 do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
24- steps shall be performed in the 2024-
The following
0 02 4-0
2 2
_d
sequence
o
listed when the roller is to be locked
o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu out and tagged-out for service or
gu
repair.
gui
Locking out of service
• Notify all employees who may be potentially affected by the repair or maintenance on the roller.
• Secure the machine in a safe position. Set

the park brake switch to "P" position.
• Identify, remove or disconnect all power or
energy sources and be sure to install a lock-
out/tagout device on them.
• Be sure 0all
11
1- employees involved in the re- 1- 11 1- 11
4- 4-0 4-0
202have installed the lock on the power 202
pairs 2 02
_d _d _d
do source before performing any repairs.
uid
o do
gui gui
Once
g
an employee has completed the repair pro-
cedure, they must remove the lock and not Fig 2-41
access the roller in any manor.
Returning to service
• The authorized person who performed the lockout/tagout procedure shall check the area around
the roller to ensure that no one is exposed to any hazard before start-up.
• The authorized person who performed the lockout/ tagout shall ensure that all guards have been
reinstalled to11their proper place, all tools and equipment
11 have been removed and all locks are11
1 - 1- 1-
0 4-0
removed.
2 0 2 4 -0
0 2 4 -0
d 2 authorized person who performed the
• _The 2
_dlockout/tagout shall verify that all controls
2
_d are at the
do neutral or O position and all personnel do o
uid in service.
gui gui are aware of the time the roller will be gback
• Remove the lockout/tagout mechanisms and all tags and re-energize the roller for return to
service.
• The authorized person who performed the lockout/tagout procedure shall check the area around
the roller to ensure that no one is exposed to any hazard before start-up.
• The authorized person who performed the lockout/tagout shall ensure that all guards have been
reinstalled to their proper place, all tools and equipment have been removed and all locks are
removed.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

- person who performed the
• The authorized
024 024
-
024-0
2 2 2
_d
lockout/tagout
o
shall verify that all controls _d
o _d
id at the neutral or O position and allgper-
uid do
guare gui
N
P
S
sonnel are aware of the time the roller will
be back in service.
• Remove the lockout/tagout mechanisms
and all tags and re-energize the roller for re-
turn to service.
Fig 2-42
1
-1 Preparation 11 11
2.5.3 Working 1Area 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
d CAUTION do do
gui
gui gui
If a clean and tidy working area cannot be
guaranteed, there could be risk of tipping,
thus resulting in personal injury.
• For maintenance work, select a spacious,
clean and flat area with ample sunlight Fig 2-43
and good ventilation.
• Clean the working area by removing fuel,
lubricant and water. Cover slippery ground
1 11 11
1-1 absorptive materials.
with sand or 0other 1- 1-
02 4- 02 4-0 024-0
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
o do do
uid Washing the Equipment
2.5.4
g gui gui
When washing the equipment, always do as follows:
• Wear non-slip shoes to prevent yourself

from slipping on the wet surface.
• When using high-pressure steam to wash
the equipment, always wear protective
clothing. This will protect you from being hit
by high-pressure water, and cutting your
-11 or dust into your eyes.
skin or getting mud
1
0water 01-
11 1-11
• Never spray
02 4 - directly onto the electri-
02 4 -
024-0
d 2 (sensors, connectors). If water _d 2
cal _system _d
2
ido into the electrical system, there is gdan-
gugets uid
o
gui
do
ger that it will cause defective operation and Fig 2-44
malfunction.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- - -
024 024 024
2.5.5 Self-Preparation
d 2 2 2
_d the equipment. An observer couldobe
o_ approved personnel can maintain iordorepair _dassigned if
i dOnly i d
gu necessary. gu gu
Wear protective clothing and shoes necessary
for the job.
• Wear rubber apron and rubber gloves when

handling corrosive materials. Wear heavy
gloves when handling wooden materials,
wire ropes or sharp-edged metals.
• Wear a face 1shield when removing spring
1
1- or adding acid to battery. 1- 11 1- 11
-0parts,
or elastic
4 4-0 4-0
202 safety
• Wear
d hat and goggles when you 202 202
o_ _d
o _d
d uid do
gui • gui
weld or cut with a torch.
Never carry out grinding, flame
g
cutting or Fig 2-45
welding without aspirator and ventilation
equipment.
2.5.6 Proper Tool
Use proper tools and use them correctly. Us-

ing damaged, inferior, defective, temporary
tools or using the tools incorrectly could lead
1 11 11
1-1
to serious accidents. 1- 1-
2 4-0
0 when using the following kinds of 20 24-0 02 4-0
_ d2
Be careful
_d _d
2
o
idtool. ido do
gu gu gui
• When using a spanner to disassemble bolts
and nuts, please refer to the torque table
(see “Torque Values” on page 5-5).
• When using instruments, please follow their
instructions.
• When using gas cutting or gas welding
equipment, make sure that the work won't Fig 2-46
lead to explosion or cause the precise parts
1 11 11
1-1
to lose precision. 1- 1-
• When 4-0
02using grinding wheel to burnish parts, 024-0 02 4-0
_ dis2 not permitted to stay at the tangent _di-d 2 _d
2
do it
do do
gui rection of the grinding wheel. gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- - -
024 024 024
2.5.7 Maintenance with Engine Running
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ cases, the engine should be shut down
In imost i d o_prior to the maintenance work. If maintenance
i d o_ has
gtou be done on a running engine, there should
gu be at least two people handling the maintenance
gu ac-
cording the following rules.
• One person should always be seated in operator's seat and ready to shut down the engine at
any time. All personnel must keep in touch.
• Place the travel control lever to "STOP" po-

sition in order to prevent movement of work
equipment. If it must be used, send signal
N
P
S
1 them to move quickly to
to others and warn
-1 11 11
a safe area.-01 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 024-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-47
• Pay special attention to rotating parts like

fan and conveyor belt, people may get
caught by them when staying close.
• Never leave or insert any tool or other objects

1 11 11
1-1 belt, which may cause the
in fan or conveyor 1- 1-
4-0
02 or fly.
parts to break 4-0
02 024-0
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d 2-48 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2.5.8 Working under the Roller
• No maintenance shall be carried out before

the roller is well supported. Make sure that
the roller and its accessories are safely, sta-
bly and reliably supported.
• Never use bricks or wood blocks to support
the roller.
1 1 11 11
• 01-device which may slide to
Never use the
4- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
02 roller.
support2the 2 02 2 02
_ d _ d _d
ido use slag bricks, hollow tiresguior
• Never
gushelves
do
gui
do
to support the roller, as they may
collapse under continuous load.
Fig 2-49

-11 1-11 1- 11
• -01 or the accessories must be
If the roller
4 4-0 4-0
202 up for maintenance, the roller or its 202
raised 2 02
_d _d _d
do working device shall be supported with
uid
o do
gui gui
mul-
tiple jacks or iron columns.
g
2.5.9 Working in Noisy Environment
Loud noise from the roller could do harm to

the hearing.
When maintaining the engine, wear ear cov-

ers or ear plugs if you have to work in noise
for a long time. 1
1-1 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-50
2.5.10 Removing Paint before Welding or Heating
• Poisonous gas will be produced by paint heating during the fusion welding, soldering or gas
torch application.
• Remove the paint outdoors or in the places with good ventilation.
1 1 1 1 1 1
• 01- paper or grinding wheels to remove the
If using sand
4- 01-paint, wear a qualified respirator to protect
4- 01-
4-
202 from inhaling dust.
yourself
d2
02
d2
02
i d•o_Ifdthe solvent or the rust remover is used,
i
_
do the paint and solvent shall be handled i
_
dinoa proper way.
g u g u g u
Wait for at least 15 minutes for volatilization of volatile gas before welding or heating.
2.5.11 Correct Welding
WARNING
Welding near the leaked oil tank or oil tube could lead to fire and endanger the worker's safety.
Do not weld near the leaked oil tank or oil tube.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 d2
CAUTION 2
o _d o _ o _d
uid of personal injury!
Risk
gWelding g uid g uid
near the plastic and rubber materials could produce toxic fume and could do harm to the
worker's health.
Welding near the plastic and rubber materials is forbidden, such as, near the scraper made by
polyurethane.
The correct welding procedures must be used to protect the electronic control and the bearings
from being damaged. When carrying out welding on the roller equipped with the electronic control,
comply with the following procedures:
1. Stop the engine,

0 1 -11and remove the key after 1- 11 1-11
24- switch to the left end.
turning the key
0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui P
O I II
III
gui
Fig 2-51
2. Remove the negative cable of the battery. Never use the grounding point of electric spare part
(including electric control modules or sensors) as the grounding point of the electric welder.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11
2 0 24-
3. Clip the components
2 0 24- wire clamp of the welder. Set the clamp
to be welded with the grounding
2 0 24-
neard the welding point to make sure the current
o _ o _d flow is away from the key components,
o _d such
d d d
gui as transmission system bearing, hydraulic
gui parts, electrical parts, and so on. gui
4. Protect the wire harness from contacting scraps and splashes produced during the welding.
5. Weld the materials together by following standard welding process.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
2.5.12 No - Heating beside Hydraulic Pipeline
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 2 2
_d
o_Heating beside the pressure pipe willidopro- _d
i d• do
gu duce combustible spray, which may gu cause gui
the operator and the bystanders to be seri-
ously burned.
• Fusion welding, soldering or usage of gas
torch beside hydraulic pipeline or other
combustible materials are not permitted.
• When the heat goes beyond the direct com-
bustion area, the hydraulic pipeline may be
11 time. Establish a temporary

cut off at any
1 - 1 -11 1- 11
0 0 4-0
24- - 2-52
24Fig
fire protective sleeve when performing fu-
2 0 2 0 2 02
d welding or soldering to protect hoses
_sion d _d
i d o i d o_ do
gu or other material.
gu gui
2.5.13 No Heating the Pipes with Combustible Liquid
• Welding or gas cutting of the pipeline or hose with combustible liquid is not allowed.
• Remove the combustible liquid completely with noncombustible solvent before welding or gas
cutting the pipeline.
2.5.14 Correctly Operating the Hydraulic System
-1 1 1 1
• Periodical1maintenance 1-1 important. The hydraulic system of the
to the hydraulic system is very 1-1
4-0
roller02works under high oil pressure, small damages 4-0
02 and cracks at the rubber hose and the
02 adap- 4-0
_ d 2will cause disastrous results. As the hydraulic
_ d 2 tube is made up of rubber, cracks _
2
dwill
u i do tor
u i do u i do appear
g g
after a certain period; in any circumstances. g is uncertain, re-
If the service life of the rubber tube
place it with a new rubber hose provided by SANY.
• Never fill oil directly to the hydraulic oil tank, otherwise the cleanness of the hydraulic system
may be influenced, and the valid life of the equipment may be reduced! When filling the hydraulic
oil tank, use a filtering equipment with a filtration precision of 10 µm.
• Make sure that the pressure control valve is set correctly. High pressure will result in hydraulic
line leakage. Low pressure will result in difficult operation of the roller.
• Adjustment of the system pressure, main oil pump as well as installment, removal or replace-
ment of the valve block only can be done under the instruction of a hydraulic engineer or an
-11 1- 11 1- 11
01engineer.
after-sales
- Unauthorized persons are not0permitted
- to adjust by themselves.
4-0
024rubber hose is an easily-corrosive product,
• As 2the 2 024 do not store it for a long time. 202
_ d _ d _ d
u i d•o When dismantling the oil pipes, closeuithe
do port and keep the hydraulic pipeline clean.
u i do
g • Check the filter element frequently. g g

- 11 - 11 - 11
• -01parts are essential to the system. Use the
The hydraulic
4 -01original hydraulic parts produced by our-01
4 4
202
company.
d2
02
d2
02
_d o_ o_
do d d
gui
2.5.15 Being Aware of High-Pressure Liquid gui gui
• The hydraulic system may still have pres-

sure even the operation is stopped. Liquid
like diesel oil and hydraulic oil spurting out
under pressure may penetrate the skin or
eyes resulting in serious injury, blindness or
even death.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
• Release pressure before disassembling the

hydraulic parts or other pipelines to avoid
such dangers caused by high-pressure
liquid.
• Fasten all joints before pressurizing.
• Wear protective goggles, masks and gloves
1 hydraulic system. Use
when checking the
-1 11 11
-01 checking for leaks. 1- 1-
cardboard 4when
02 4-0 4-0
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-54 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
• Protect your hands and body from contacting with high-pressure liquid. If the hydraulic liquid
spatters onto the skin or into the eyes, seek medical care immediately.
• If any liquid jets into skin, remove it within several hours by surgical treatment from a professio-
nal surgeon.
2.5.16 Regularly Replacing the Rubber Hoses
• Rubber hoses with combustible liquid may break under pressure due to aging and excessive
- 11 11 11
01ageing
abrasion. The
4- 01-are difficult to be judged only through01-
and abrasion of the rubber hoses
4- 4-
02
check. 2Regularly 02 02
d2 d2
replace the rubber hose.
_d o_ o_
do d d
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
-
2.5.17 Avoiding Scald by High-Temperature
024
-
Liquid
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_After operation, the coolant in the engine
o_ _d
i d• i d do
gu becomes hot with pressure, and the gu water gui
pipes of the engine and the radiator are full
of hot water and vapor. Avoid scald by pos-
sibly jetting hot water. Hot water or vapor
overflowed will result in serious scald.
• Before removing the radiator cover, stop
the engine and let the system cool down.
The radiator cover could only be removed
11 fluid has cooled down.

after the cooling
1 - 1 -11 1- 11
0 0 4-0
24- 24-
• The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized after
2 0 2 0 202
d
_operation. Release the pressure before re- d _d
i d o i d o_ do
gu moving the cover.
gu Fig 2-55 gui
• The engine, gear and hydraulic oil will turn
hot during operation; meanwhile, the en-
gine, hose, pipeline and other parts will turn
hot. Check or maintain the equipment after
the oil and parts cool down.
2.5.18 Preventing Battery from Explosion
1-11 WARNING 1-11 1- 11

4-0
02personal injury! 4-0 4-0
202 02
Risk of
d 2 d 2
_
Charging a frozen battery could lead to _
ex- _d
i doplosion, which could result in serious injury.
i do do
g u g u gui
Warm the battery to 16℃ at first before
charging the frozen battery. Keep the battery
away from open fire or sparkle.
• The battery contains toxic and corrosive

sulfuric acid. If the battery explodes, the
electrolyte may spatter into eyes, which
Fig 2-56
may cause blindness. Always wear goggles
1 the electrolyte.
before checking
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

-
024 when operating on the battery. 2024
• Wear gloves -
024-0
d 2 d 2
o_ electrolyte is strongly corrosive. idIfo_
Battery _d
i d do
guyour clothing and skin are contaminated
guby gui
electrolyte, flush immediately with large
amount of water and then seek medical
treatment immediately.
• Don’t charge a frozen battery, which may
lead to explosion. Warm the battery to 16℃
at first.
• The gas produced by the battery is easily Fig 2-57
explosive; if the battery is very close to
1 11 11
1-1 explosion will possibly
open fire or sparkle, 1- 1-
4-0 4-0 4-0
occur.
d 202 d 202 2 02
• Take _ _ _d
i do extreme care when installing andure-i do do
u
g placing battery so as to avoid short circuit.
g gui
When removing the connection of the bat-
tery, first cut off the negative terminal.
• When charging the battery, first disconnect
the power supply of the charger before con-
necting the charger with the cable of the
battery.
2.5.19 Preventing Components from Flying out

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11
024
-
Since the components may fly out, keep your
024
-
024-0
2
d face away from the valve body to _d 2 2
body _
o
and _d
i d do do
u injury.
gavoid gui gui
Fig 2-58
1-11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
2.5.20 Safe - Storage of Parts
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 2 2
_d
o_The stored parts may fall off, resultingidinose- _d
i d• do
gu vere injury or death. gu gui
• Store the parts and instruments properly to
prevent them from falling. Keep children
and other persons away from the storage
area.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d d Fig 2-59
do
gui gui gui
2.5.21 Safe Treatment of Liquid
• No smoking when refilling the fuel tank.

• Stop the engine before refilling.
• Refill outdoors.
• Store the combustible liquid away from the
places where fire easily bursts out.
• Don’t burn or 1
pierce the pressure container.
11 11
-1 1- 1-
• -01 the oily cloth for it is easily ig-
Don’t store
24 4-0 4-0
0 02 02
d 2 or easily burns spontaneously.
nited
_d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-60
2.5.22 Safe Treatment of Chemicals
• Contacting hazardous chemicals directly will cause serious personal injury. The chemicals used
for this equipment include lubricant, coolant, paint and adhesive.
• 1
Check and understand 1 chemical before using it. Use recom- 1
the hazardous character of the
01 -1 -1 -1
mended-instrument
4 -01
in accordance with the regulations.
4 4 - 01
02 02 202
d2 d2 d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
2.5.23 Proper - Disposal of Wastes
024
-
02 4-0
2 2 2
_d o_
d _d
do incorrect disposal of wastes will endan-
•uThe
i i d do
u
g ger the environment and ecology. The gtoxic gui
substances hidden in the equipment of
SANY involve oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,
filter and battery and so on.
• Use a leak-proof container to drain fluid.
Never use the container used for food or
drink. Fig 2-61
• Never pour waste fluid on the ground, into
1 sources.
the sewer or any1water 11 11
• Consult the 4 - 01- environmental protection
local 4 - 01- 4-0
1-
d 202center or your appointed distribu- d 202 202
or recycle
_ _ _d
i dofor correct recycle and disposal methods i do do
g utor
g u gui
of wastes.
2.6 Safe Transportation

2.6.1 Load/Unload the Roller
When loading or unloading the roller from the truck or platform trailer, the roller may overturn.
Provide a truck or platform trailer with suitable size and load to transport the roller.
1 1 11 11
01- the loading/unloading of the roller.
Precautions during
- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
2 024 2 02 202
• Choose d the solid and level ground. _d _d
i d o_ do do
g•uAdopt a platform or incline. gui gui
• Assign a signalman to guide the loading/ unloading of the roller.
• Since it is quite dangerous to steer on the incline, avoid steering when driving upward or down-
ward on the incline. If necessary, drive the roller back to the ground and correct the direction be-
fore driving on the incline.
• Carefully drive over the convex adaptor between the incline top and the flat plate.
• For more details on how to load and unload the roller, see “Using a Slope” on page 4-21.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-62
2.6.2 Transport the Roller
• 1 laws and regulations when transporting

1 the equipment by highway. 11
Observe the local
1 1
• 01-wheels with triangle wood blocks and-0fasten
Wedge -the 1- the roller with other measures during
-01
-
0 24
the2transportation
24
20 drain the water tank of the diesel engine,
by sea and by road. Besides, 20 24
re-
d _d transportation, and then disconnectothe
_d circuit be-
i d o_serve some fuel for loading, unloading
i d oand i d
gu gu
tween the storage battery and the frame.
gu
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Fig 2-63 gui gui
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

2.6.3 Lift the
024
-Roller
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Small-sized roller can be loaded to the truck
gbyu a crane. gu
WARNING
Risk of death or serious injury!
Improper lifting could lead machine to fall
down, which could cause personal crushing
or even death.
Strictly use the correct lifting method.
1 1 11 11
• 01- roller there are lifting
In any small-sized
4 - 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
202 qualified lifting hooks and ropes
eyes. Use
d d
02 2-64
2Fig 2 02
o_ _ _d
d
appropriately.
i do do
gu gui gui
• Before lifting the roller, lock the center artic-
ulation frame by a limit plate (1) to avoid
turning.
1- 11 - 11 1-11
4-0 -01
Fig242-65 4-0
2 02 20 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1. Limit plate
• The total weight of the roller is marked on the nameplate. When lifting the roller, check the
weight on the nameplate and operate in consistence with the safety regulations of the crane.
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller System Function
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
System Function
1 -11 1 -11 1 -11

4-0 Function .............................................................................................................3-1
3 System
2 4-0 2 4-0 2
20
3.1dExterior d2
0
d2
Components............................................................................................................3-3 0
_ _ _
o Control Console.....................................................................................................................3-4
d3.2 do do
gui gui gui
3.3 Display ................................................................................................................................. 3-14
3.4 A/C Panel ............................................................................................................................ 3-22
3.5 Radio.................................................................................................................................... 3-24
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

System Function SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 1 11 11
-01 Function
3.System 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 02 4-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Exterior Components
3.1 do do
gui gui gui
5 6 7
8
4
3
9
1- 121 1- 11 1- 11
102
4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
10
12
11
Fig 3-1
1. Front frame 4. Control system 7. Air conditioning sys- 10.Rear frame

tem (Optional)
2. Vibratory drum(drum 5. Electrical system 11.Rear axle assembly
with assembled pad 8. Power system
6. Cab (Control console 12.Central articulation
foot is optional) 1
0 1 -1 assembly is optional)
0 1 -11 part
9. Covering frame -111
4- system
3. Hydraulic 4- 4 -0
d 202 d 202 d 2 0 2
•o_Client may select cab with A/C
do
or control_ console o_construction
assembly as demanded by
guid conditions. g u i gui
d
• The standard machine is equipped with smooth drum. Drum with assembled pad foot is
optional.
• The above figure shows a machine with cab, A/C and smooth drum.
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 11 11
1-1
3.2 Control-0Console 1- 1-
024 02 4-0 02 4-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
14
9
。
24 C
28
30
。
C
22
20
18
12
3
2
1
0
1-11 1-
1
111 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 13
02 4-0
d2 d2 10
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui 1
gui gui
Fig 3-2
1-11 1-11 1-11

4-0
7. Gear0selection
4-0
1. Seat 4. Propel control lever 11.Work light switch
2 4 -
20wheel
2. Steering
(vibration button 02
switch
2 202
12.Vibration frequency
_d
o screen/ In-
switch)
o _d8. Ignition switch o_
selection switchd
uid gui
d id
3. Display
gstrument panel
5. Turn lamp switch gu control
9. Parking brake switch 13.Throttle
(optional) 6. Emergency stop switch
10.Work light switch
switch
14.Cigarette lighter
If the actual installations are not in accordance with the figure, the configuration on the machine
shall prevail.
Steering wheel
Rotate the steering wheel to the target direc-

tion for the roller steering.
1-11 1-11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-3

0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
024
Horn button-
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 d2 2
o_ the horn button, _ _d
i dPress the horn do
sounds to do
gu warning the people. gui gui
Fig 3-4
Driver's seat
0 1 -11 can be adjusted forward and

The driver's seat
0 1 -11 1- 11
backward4-to set proper position. Its backrest
0 2 0 24- 02 4-0
2
candbe adjusted with the lift lever. d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-5
1
Master power1switch 11 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 power switch controls the powerd 202
The master
d 202
o_ for the whole roller. Ensure to connect _ _d
i dsupply i do do
u
g the master power switch before the engine
g u is gui
started. Disconnect the master power switch
after daily work has been finished.
Fig 3-6
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
Throttle control - switch
024
-
024-0
2 2 2
_d throttle control switch to adjust theo_d
othe _d
Turn
i d id do
u
gthrottle. When starting and stopping theguen- gui
gine, the throttle control switch should be at
the "MIN" position to make the engine idle for
3-5 minutes.
Fig 3-7
NOTE：
If the roller has not been in use for a long
time, the warm up time of the engine should
be properly increased. During winter, the idle
warm up time should
1 - 11 be prolonged to 8 min - 1- 11 1-11
10 min. -0 4-0 4-0
2 024 202 2 02
Propel _ d
control lever _ d _d
i do i do do
u u
gWhen engine starts, the propel control lever
g controls the movement of the roller. gui
• Position STOP: Roller stays stationary.
R
N
P
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 4-0
02 3-8 024-0
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
ido
g•uPush g uid
o
gui
do
forward from position STOP: Roller
drives forward.
R
N
P
1- 11 Fig 3-91-1
1
1-11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1- 11
024
-
• Pull backward from position STOP: Roller
024-0 02 4-0
2
d reverse. 2 2
o _drives _d _d
uid do do
g gui gui
N
P
S
Fig 3-10
1 from the "STOP" position determines1the speed of the roller.

Distance of the lever
1 1 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0
02 button
Vibration 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d
o vibration button is installed on the ipropelo _d _d
dThe ud do
gui g
control lever. It controls directly the startup or
gui
shutoff of vibration.
• Press down: Vibration startup.

• Press again: Vibration shutoff.
NOTICE
Fig 3-11
Operating the vibration while the machine is
-11 vibration while the machine 11 11

stationary could damage the bearings.
0 1 1- 1-
4-
Do not operate
4-0 4-0
202
is stationary. 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Work light switch gui gui
Working lamp switch includes front working
lamp switch and rear working lamp switch.
When the visibility conditions are poor, the
lamps should be turned on.
• Position (right): Lamps are turned on.
• Position (left): Lamps are turned off.
1-11 1 -11 1- 11
024-0 02
0
- 3-12
4Fig 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-13
-11 1- 11 1-11
-01 selection switch
Vibration frequency
4 4-0 4-0
02 202 02
d2 d _d
2
There
i d o_are two vibratory compaction frequen-
i d o_ do
u high frequency and low frequency. gu
gcies: gui
• Position (Left): High frequency, small ampli-
tude and small centrifugal force.
• Position (Right): Low frequency, large am-
plitude and large centrifugal force.
NOTICE
Risk of machine damage! Fig 3-14
Switching the frequency mode while the vi-
bration has not gone
0 1 -11 to stop could cause sig- 0 1 -11 1-11
- to the hydraulic system.
024 the frequency mode, make
nificant impact
024
-
024-0
2
Before switching
d d 2 2
o_the vibration has gone to complete o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
sure
u
gstop. gu
Emergency stop switch
NOTICE
The frequent use of the emergency stop
switch could shorten the service life of the
engine and other important parts.
0 1 -11
Except for emergency, do not use emer-
1- 11 1-11
4-
gency stop switch.
02 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui gui
• Press the switch down to shut down uthe Fig 3-15
g
engine.

- 11 1- 11 1- 11
• -01 switch clockwise to release the
Rotate the
4 4-0 4-0
202
emergency stop. 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
dIfo the roller needs to be restarted, firstuiswitch
do do
gui g gui
the propel control lever to the neutral position
and then power on the engine. Push the lever
to make the roller run.
NOTE：
Only when the propel control lever is in the
neutral position, can the engine be started.
Only after the troubleshooting has been elimi-
nated, can the roller be started.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-16
Gear selection switch
• Low speed: gear Ⅰ (0~6.0 km/h); gear Ⅱ

(0~7.5 km/h).
• High speed: gear Ⅲ (0~8.5 km/h); gear Ⅳ
(0~12.5 km/h).
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202 NOTICE 2 02 2 02
_ _d _d
idoRisk of machine damage! do do
Fig 3-17
gu guigone
Shifting gear while the vibration has not gui
to stop could cause significant impact to the
hydraulic system.
Before changing gear, make sure the vibra-
tion has gone to stop.
Ignition key switch
The ignition key switch is powering on or off

the engine.
-11 -11 11
O I II
0 1 0 1 1-
4-0
P III
• Position4-(P/O):Stop position. It allows you to 4-
d 202or remove the key. The electrical sys-d 202 2 02
insert
_ _ _d
i do tem is off and the engine is shut down. i do do
g u g u gui
• Position (I): Working position. The control
system and circuits are energized. Keep Fig 3-18
11 11 11
01- switch in the "I" position
the ignition key
4- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
202
when operating the engine. 202 2 02
_d _d _d
ido
• Position
guheating
(II): Preaheating do
position. No pre-
gui gui
do
function.
• Position (III): Ignition position. Activates the
starter, and keep the key in the "III" position.
Until engine starts, release the key immedi-
ately after it is started. The key will return to
the "I" position automatically.
NOTICE
Risk of the engine damage!
It could shorten 1 11 service life of engine if
-the 1 -11 1-11
0
4- at high speed. - 0 4-0
the engine02
2 stops
2 024 2 02
d d _d
Except
i d o_ for emergency, do not shut off the en-i d o_ do
u while it is running at high speed. gu
ggine gui
NOTICE
Risk of the engine damage!
It could shorten the service life of engine if
each starting time exceed 10 seconds and
the interval less than 5 minutes.
Stop starting and find out the cause If it can-
not be started after 3 attempts continuously.
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
4-0
02 switch
Parking brake 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do (Left): Parking brake is released;uido do
gui gui
• Position
g
• Position (Right): Parking brake is applied.
When parking the roller, operate the propel
control lever to the "STOP" position to stop
the roller slowly. Then rotate the parking brake
switch to the "P" position to apply the parking
brake.
Before starting the roller, assure that the pro- Fig 3-19
pel control lever is in the “STOP” position,
1 -11 brake switch to the left
then rotate the 0parking 1- 11 1-11
to release20 24-brake. 02 4-0 024-0
the 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
-
Front windshield wiper and washer switch
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 1
2
o_order to get a clearer visibility, the idwind-
o_ _d
i dIn do
gu shield can be washed by the washerguand the gui
front wiper system.
• Position (Up): The washer sprays water on-

to the front windshield and wipers work.
• Position (Middle): No movement. Fig 3-20
• Position (Down): The front wiper wipes the
1. Front windshield
front windshield.
wiper and washer
switch
1- 11 11 11
The figure 0shows
4 - the location of the front
4 - 01- 4-0
1-
202 wiper and washer (3).
windshield 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2
Fig 3-21
2. Front windshield
wiper and washer
-11 wiper and washer switch

Rear windshield
1 1- 11 3
1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 to get a clearer visibility, the wind-d 202
In order
d 202
o_ can be washed by the washer and _ _d
i dshield i dothe do
u
g rear wiper system. g u gui
• Position (Up): The washer sprays water on-
to the front windshield and wipers work.
• Position (Middle): No movement. Fig 3-22
• Position (Down): The front wiper wipes the
3. Rear windshield
front windshield. wiper and washer
switch
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

24- the location of the rear wind- 2024-
The figure shows
0 024-0
2 2
_d and washer (4).
shield wiper
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
gui
4
gu gu
Fig 3-23
4. Rear windshield
wiper and washer
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11
Beacon light
024
-
switch
024
-
024-0
2 2 5
2
Thedo _d light switch (5) is used to turn theo_d _d
i beacon d do
u
gbeacon light (6) on and off. gui gui
• Position (Up): The beacon light is on.
• Position (Down): The beacon light is off.
Fig 3-24
5. Beacon light switch
The figure shows the location of the beacon 6

light (6). 111- 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-25
6. Beacon light
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
Every day
0 24- before you operate the roller, you 2024- 02 4-0
2 2
_d check the water level of this water tank.
must
o _d
othe _d
i d i d do
gu Once the water level is less than the
gu
2/3 of
gui
water tank, it should be filled it up. Assure suf-
ficient antifreeze agent content.
Fig 3-26
Dome lamp 1-1

1 11 11
1- 1-
24-0 24-0 02 4-0
20 lamp is installed on the top in thed 20
Thed dome 2
_ _
o cab. Its switch is integrated on the lamp. _d
guidfront ido
gu gui
do
• Position (ON): The dome lamp is on.
• Position (OFF): The dome lamp is off.
Fig 3-27
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 11 11
3.3 Display-01-1 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 4-0
d2 2 202
o_ _d 6_d
do do
1 2 3 4 5
d
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Fig 3-28
1. Left turn indicator 6. Fuction keys (F1-F6) 9. Parking indicator 13.Coolant tempera-
2. Engine tachometer
0 1 -11 7. Brake pressure -11
10.Fault1information
0
ture gauge
1-11
3. Hourmeter 024
- indicator -
024 indication
11.Model 024-0
d 2 2 2
o_level gauge
8. Neutral position
o _d12.Engine oil pressure _d
4. Fuel
i d uid do
gui
indicator
g5.uRight turn indicator g gauge
Engine tachometer
When the engine is started, the real-time en-

gine speed is indicated in 100 rpm within the
range of 0 rpm - 2500 rpm.
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-29

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
Fuel level -gauge
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_ fuel gauge indicates the fuel level iin _d
othe _d
i dThe d do
gu fuel tank at a real time basis. If the fuel
gu is in- gui
sufficient, its alarm light will light up and it is
required to refill it timely in case of shutdown.
E % F
Fig 3-30
11
Coolant temperature
1-
gauge
1- 11 1- 11
The 2 4-0
02 temperature gauge indicates the 202 4-0 02 4-0
d
water
d 2
o_ o_ _d
i dcoolant temperature on a real time basis with-
i d do
gu in the range of 40℃ - 120℃ . If thegucoolant gui
temperature is above 105℃ , its alarm light
will light up.
40 ℃ 120
Fig 3-31
Engine oil pressure gauge

11 11 11
The engine
4 - 01oil- pressure gauge indicates the 4-01- 4-0
1-
2 pressure on a real time basis. If the 202
20oil
engine 202
d d _d
i d o_ oil pressure is not above 0.1 MPa,
engine i d o_its do
gu alarm light will light up. gu gui
0 Bar 10
Fig 3-32
Left turn indicator
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

0 4-
The left turn2indicator flashes in green with the
0 24- 024-0
2
left turnd light at a frequency. It indicates the d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do of the left turn light. i do do
u
status
g g u gui
Fig 3-33
Right turn indicator

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11
The right turn
0 24-indicator flashes in green with 2024- 024-0
2 2
_d turn light at a frequency. It indicateso_d
the right
o _d
thedstatus of the right turn light. d do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-34
Oil level alarm indicator

11
1- is too low, the oil level 11 11
When the fuel-0level
4 4 - 01- 4-0
1-
202 lights up to remind the opera- d 202
alarm indicator
d 2 02
_
oforefilling. _ _d
tor d do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-35
Coolant temperature alarm indicator
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
When the
0 24-coolant temperature is above 105℃ 2024- 02 4-0
2 2
_d alarm indicator will light up.
, the
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Fig 3-36
Engine pressure alarm indicator
If the engine oil pressure is equal to or less

11 11 11
01- its alarm light will be in red.
than 0.06 MPa,
4- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
do_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-37
Hourmeter
The hourmeter is used to record the working

hours of the engine, providing the basis for re-
pair and maintenance. H
1-11 1
1
Fig1-3-38 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202 2 02 202
o_ pressure indicator _d _d
uid
Brake
do do
g gui gui
When the brake pressure is too low, it is in
red.
When the brake pressure is normal, it is in

white.
1-11 11
Fig1-3-39 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202 2 02 202
o_ _d _d
do do
Neutral position indicator
guid gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

When the propel
0 24- level is in the neutral posi- 2024- 024-0
2 2
_d up in green.
tion, it lights
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
u the propel level is off the neutral posi-
gWhen gu gui
tion, it lights up in white.
Fig 3-40
Brake system alarm indicator
If the indicator is -in11red, it indicates the brake 11 11

-01been released. The operator 1- 1-
system has2not 4 02 4-0 024-0
should_d 20 the parking brake. 2 2
release _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-41
Fault information
The fault information will be shown on the dis-

-11Do troubleshooting right
Low 1fuel level！Refill it in time！
play if fault occurs.
1 1- 1 1-11
0
4- this.
away if you 2see 4-0 4-0
2 0 02 3-42
Fig
2 2 02
o _d _d _d
uid indication do do
gModel gui gui
When it is a model of SSR series, the icon of
the single drum roller appears.
Fig 3-43
11 11 11
Function keys 4 - 01- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
d 202 202 2 02
_ _d _d
i do do do
g u gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
Press
0 24-
F1 on the homepage into the sys-
0 24- 02 4-0
2
temdinformation page. d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Fig 3-44
Press F2 on the homepage into the set-

ting page.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-45
Press F3 on the homepage into the fault

information page.(The fault information of this
machine will show in the display if fault oc-
1 11
curs, so this -functional key is not available
1- 11 1- 11
here.) 4- 0 4-0 4-0
2 02 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-46
Press F4 on the homepage into the inter-

face status page.
024-0
1- 11
024-0
1- 11 ? 02 4-0
1- 11
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-47

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
System information- page
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_F1 on the homepage into the system in- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Press
u
gformation gu
page. This page displays informa-
tion of SYMC, SYCD, GPS, hardware version,
software version and program version.
Fig 3-48
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
System password - page
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_F2 on the homepage, and then the o_ _d
Press
i d i d do
u
gpassword u
page will pop up. After you inputg the gui
correct password, the display will show the
setting page.
Fig 3-49
-
System setting01page
11 1- 11 1-11
0 24- 02 4-0 024-0
d 2 input the correct password, This d 2 2
After you
_ _ _d
i dowill pop up and displays model configu-i do do
u
page
g g u gui
ration and language setting.
Fig 3-50
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
-
Model configuration page
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the item of model configuration page o_on _d
i dPress
i d do
gu the system setting page and enter thegu model gui
configuration page. For initial start or having
replaced the controllers and the display, the
system shall be reset for its corresponding
model and serial number, and types of hy-
draulic pump, motor, reducer, engine, fuel
sensor.
After having replaced engine, pump, motor, Fig 3-51

reducer or fuel sensor, reset parameters. After
1
-1"Configurating, -11 11
0 1 0 1 1-
4-0
modification, wait......" is
4- the display. After 5-10 seconds, 024-
02on 02
shown
d 2 dif 2 2
_ _ _d
do
"configuration has been done" prompts doup do
gui modification is done. If not, "Configuration
gui has gui
not been done. Please check CAN communi-
cation" prompts up. Check CAN communica-
tion according to the prompt.
Language setting page
Press the item of language setting page on

the system setting page to enter the page.
Chinese, English, Spanish, Russian, Portu-
guese, French
0 1 -11are available. Press F5 to 1- 11 1- 11
confirm.24-
0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-52
Inquiry page
Press F4 on the homepage to enter this page.

You can see items of analog IO,serial number
and work record.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-53

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
Analog IO page -
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_the item of Analog IO on inquiry page itoo_ _d
d
Press
i d do
u this page. You can view analog of gfuel,
genter u gui
water temperature, engine oil pressure, en-
gine speed pulse and so on.
Fig 3-54
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- - -
024 024 024
3.4 A/C Panel
2 2 2
_dconditioner is mainly composed of evaporator,
oair o_
d _d
oexchange
i
The d
u and control panel. It can be used for i d i
condenser, compressor, heatd
gvalve gu cooling and warming. The control panel gu is at the left
front side of the cab top.
1 2
。
。 C
0
1 C 24
2
22
3
1-11 1 -2011 1-11

4-0 4- 0 4-0
28
2 02 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 18 30
gui
3 4 5 6
Fig 3-55
1. Fan speed control 3. Warm mode switch 5. Outer air circulation 6. Temperature control
switch switch switch
4. Cool mode switch
2. Display
1-11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1 -11 1- 11
02 4-0 0
3–1 Instruction4-for A/C Switches 4-0
202 02
Table
d2 d _d
2
d o_ _
do Function ido
gui i
Switch Icon Operation
g u gu
When the switch is turned at 0 gear,
the A/C system is off. When the
0
1
2
switch is turned at t other gears, the
Fan speed con- 3
To turn on/off the A/C is on;
trol switch A/C system There are three gears. The 1 gear
stands for minimum fan speed and
the 3 gear stands for maximum
speed.
When the system is on, the display
-11 -11 shows the room temperature 5 sec--11
To show the room
01
Display
4-
temperature
4- 0 1
and -
onds after there is on operation4on01
02 202 02
d2 d2
fault code
_ _d the system.
o_
do do d
gui gui To turn on/off the guion/off the warm
The switch is to turn
Warm mode mode. When the A/C system is on,
electrical water
switch press the switch to turn on the warm
valve
mode.
The switch is to turn on/off the cool
To turn on/off the mode. When the A/C system is on,
Cool mode switch
air compressor press the switch to turn on the cool
mode.
The switch is to turn on/off the outer
To start the air cir- air circulation. When the A/C sys-
1 -11 tem is on, press the switch to start01-11
- 0 1-1
Outer air circula- culation inside
- 0 1 -
024switch
tion
2 2 024 the
and outside 024 air.
the outer air circulation for fresh
2
d d d
d o_ d o_
machine Press the switch again to
d o_ turn the
gui gu i i
guoff.
outer air circulation
。
。 C
C 24
Temperature con- 22
To set the room The room temperature range is
trol switch 20 28
temperature 18℃-30℃
18 30
NOTICE
Risk of the machine damage!
When the A/C is in use, turn the temperature control switch to the "COOL" position while the fan
speed control switch is at the "L" position could lead the evaporator to frost.
Do not turn the
0 1 -11 temperature control switch to the "COOL"
0 1 -11 position while the fan speed control
0 1 -11
24at- the "L" position, and open all the air outlets.
switch is
20 24- 20 24- 20
d d d
d o_ d o_ do_
gui gui gui

1 11 11
3.5 Radio -01-1 1- 1-
4 02 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do uid
o do
gui g
RADIO/MP3 PLAYER gui
+
AS/PS FM/AM
_
II RPT 10 INT RDM 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 MODE
Fig 3-56
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 2
Table 3–2 Key 0Function 4-0 024-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do Functionuid
o
gui Key State gui Basic Operation g
Description
Turn on/Mute（After
RADIO/USB/BT Short press
POWER turn on）
Long press Turn off
RADIO Short press Radio channel switch
BT on the phone Short press Hand up phone
FM/AM
BAS/TRE/BAL select
RADIO/USB/BT Long press
1-11 1- 11 adjust function
1- 11
02 4-0 4-0
02 press
Browse radio station 4-0
2 2 Short
202
_d _d d
stored in M1~M6
o _
d RADIO
do doafter au-
gui AS/PS gui Long press u
Save station
g i
tomatically searching
BT on the phone Short press Put phone through
Switching in RADIO/
MODE RADIO/USB/BT Short press
USB/BT mode
Volume control/BAS/
VOL —/+ RADIO/USB/BT Short press TRE/BAL adjust
function
Forward / backward
1-11 1-1
Short press
1 automatic
1 -11
2 4-0 02 4-0 Search radio 4- 0
d 20▲ RADIO 2 frequency 202
_ ▼ _d o_
d
do do d
gui gui Long press gui radio
Manual search
frequency
USB/BT music Short press Upper/Next

1- 11 11 11
4-0
Table 3–2 01- (continue)
Key Function
4- 4-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
Function
d o_ Key
d o_ Basic Operation o_
uid
State
gui gui gDescription
Load station 1
Short press
frequency
RADIO
Store frequency into
Long press
1/Pause station 1
USB/BT music Short press Pause/play
Mobile, Radio phone
BT on the phone Short press
switch
Load station 2
1 1 11
1-1
Short 1
press
1- frequency 1-
02 4-0 RADIO 4-0
02Long press 4-0
d 2 2/RPT 2 Store frequency202into
o_ _d station 2 o_ d
d do uid
gui gui Turngon / off single re-
USB Short press
peat function
Load station 3
Short press
frequency
RADIO
3/-10 Store frequency into
Long press
station 3
USB/BT music Short press Upper 10
Load station 4
Short press
-11 11 11
frequency
0 1 RADIO 1- 01-
02
-
44/INT 4-0
02Long press
Store frequency into
2 4 -
2 2 station 4 d 20
_d _d o_ play
do uid
o dand
gui USB/BT music
g Short press Browse
g u i
Load station 5
Short press
frequency
RADIO
5/RDM Store frequency into
Long press
station 5
USB/BT music Short press Random play
Load station 6
Short press
frequency
RADIO
6/+10 Store frequency into
1 11 1
1-1 1-1
Long press
4 -0 4 - 01- station 6
4-0
20 2 USB 202Short press Next 10 202
d d _d
d o_ d o_ do
gui NOTE： gui gui
Press AS/PS two seconds to search and save station.

11 11 11
4 - 01- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
202 02 02
Radio operation
d 2 2
_ _d _d
do Mode
•uRadio
i do do
g gui gui
– Default radio mode in the first time device turn on. In USB play mode, press [MODE] switch
to radio mode.
• Band selection
– Short press [FM/AM], enter in turn FM1/FM2/FM3/AM1/AM2 band.
• Automatically search station and store station
– Long press [AS/PS], start automatically search station and store station, stations store in
1-11 1-11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
[1~6].
02 02 02
• Manual
_ d 2search station _d
2
_d
2
ido
gu– g uid
o
g uid
o
Long press [◀] and [▶] can manual search station backward or forward until find the station.
NOTE：
When the overall signal intensity is weak, the manual search station may turn into the noise station
because of its high sensitivity.
• Manual sharp turning station
– Short press [◀] or [▶], can manual sharp turning station frequency.
• 11
Manual store station 11 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0 4-0
2 above step 4 and step 5 to find the02station, long press(3 seconds) one of [1~6],
– After0press 02 4-0
_ d2 _ d2 d 2
dothen store the station into the Corresponding
do place [1~6]. d o_
gui gui gui
• Preset station
– Press station [1~6], turn into preset station under corresponding frequency.
USB operation
• In radio mode, press [MODE] tune into USB mode.
– Insert U disk, automatically search MP3 and play, short press[◀] or[▶], play last or next track.
• 1
U disk/RADIO select
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0
– Press02[MODE], switch USB/RADIO mode. 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
• Play/Pause control
– In USB mode, short press[ 1] to play or pause.

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
• [Mode] -
024key 024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_– In RADIO/USB state, long press [Mode]
o_ to show clock. _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
• Browse play track
– In USB mode, short press [4/INT], ‘INT’ display on the screen, can browse U disk, play 5 sec-
ond for each song.
• Repeat
– Short press [3/RPT] to repeat. ‘RPT’ display on the screen.
• Random play
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
– Short - press [4/RDM], ‘RDM’ display on the screen,
024
- random play MP3.
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
•o_Upper/Next10 o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
– In USB mode, press[3/-10] or [6/+10], select play upper or next 10 of MP3.
Basic operation of bluetooth
NOTE：
Name is CAR KIT. Default password is 0000.
• Key function
– Press“2”: Disconnect bluetooth device.
0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
– -
On 4phone status. 4-0 4-0
202 202 202
o _d _ d _d
d ♦ Press“1”: Voice switching between do bluetooth and mobile phone. do
gui g u i gui
♦ Press AS/PS : Answer the phone.
♦ Press FM/AM : Hand up phone.
• Music status
– Press“1”: Music play/pause.
– Press“PRE”▲: Upper song.
– Press “NEXT”▼: Next song.

1- 11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Operation
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
2 2 2
20 before Starting the Engine.......................................................................................4-3
4.1dCheck d2
0
d2
0
_ _ _
do 4.1.1 Inspection (Walk-around)...........................................................................................4-3
do do
gui gui gui
4.1.2 Inspection before Starting..........................................................................................4-3
4.2 Adjustments Prior to Startup................................................................................................4-6
4.2.1 Seat Adjustment ..........................................................................................................4-6
4.2.2 Rearview Mirror Adjustment ......................................................................................4-8
4.3 Equipment Check Prior to Startup ......................................................................................4-9
4.3.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................4-9
4.3.2 Power on the Control System....................................................................................4-9
4.3.3 Check the Fuel Level ............................................................................................... 4-10
4.3.4 Check
0 1 -11 the Propel Control Lever.............................................................................
0 1 -11 4-1011
01-
4.3.54-Check the Emergency Stop Switch .......................................................................
4 - 4 -
4-10
d 202 Check the Park Brake Switch..................................................................................4-11
4.3.6 d 202 d 202
_ _ _
u i do 4.3.7 Check the Switches ..................................................................................................4-11
u i do u i do
g g g
4.4 Engine Starting ................................................................................................................... 4-12
4.4.1 Normal Start.............................................................................................................. 4-12
4.4.2 Jump-Start................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.4.3 Engine Start in Cold Weather (Optional) .............................................................. 4-13
4.5 After Engine Starting.......................................................................................................... 4-13
4.6 Test Running ....................................................................................................................... 4-14
4.7 Travel Operation................................................................................................................. 4-14
4.7.1 Travel Forward.......................................................................................................... 4-14
4.7.2 Travel
0 1 -11 Backward.......................................................................................................
0 1 -11 4-15
0 1 -11
- - -
024 Operation............................................................................................................
4.8 Vibration
2 2 024 2 024 4-15
d d d
i d o_ Parking Operation ..............................................................................................................
4.9
i d o_ i d o_ 4-16
gu gu gu
4.9.1 Service Brake ........................................................................................................... 4-16
4.9.2 Park Brake................................................................................................................. 4-17
4.9.3 Emergency Brake..................................................................................................... 4-18
Operation SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1 1 1
0
4.10 Correct Driving
- 1-1 According to the Road Condition - 0 -1
1....................................................... 4-1901-1
-
2
4.10.1 24
0Working 024
near Ditch Edge and Road 2Shoulder................................................... 2 024
4-19
d d d
i d o_ Working near Buildings Vulnerable
4.10.2 i d o_ to Vibration ................................................i d o_ 4-20
gu 4.10.3 Working on the Slope ............................................................................................
gu gu 4-20
4.11 Check after Each Work Day ........................................................................................... 4-21
4.12 Transportation .................................................................................................................. 4-21
4.12.1 Transport Vehicle ................................................................................................... 4-21
4.12.2 Using a Slope ......................................................................................................... 4-21
4.12.3 Shipping .................................................................................................................. 4-22
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 1 11 11
-01
4.Operation 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 02 4-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Check before Starting theidEngine
d4.1 o do
g u gu gui
4.1.1 Inspection (Walk-around)
• Check the motors, cylinders, hoses for cracks, excessive wear or looseness. Repair or replace it
according to the fact.
• Remove the dirt and debris around the engine, battery and radiator. Check the surrounding of
engine and radiator for buildup of dirt. Check the surrounding of muffler, turbocharger or other
hot components for flammable materials like dry leaves and thin branches. Remove them if any
dirt or flammable materials are found.
1
-1 leaks of coolant or oil around the engine. 1 11
• Check for 1any 1-1 Repair it in case of any problem. 1-
• 4-0 4-0 4-0
02 the hydraulic unit, hydraulic tank, hoses02and joints for any leaks of oil. Repair the02leaks if
Check
_ d2 d 2 d 2
d o any.
ido_ id o_
gui • guproblem like loose bolts. Repair it in case
Check the handrails and step for any guof any problem.
4.1.2 Inspection before Starting
1. Check the engine oil level
The steps for checking engine oil have been described. See “Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change” on
page 5-28.
2. Check the coolant level of the engine

1 1 1
- 1-1checking the engine coolant level -have
The steps 0for 0 1-1 been described. See “Engine Coolant-
- 0 1-1
024
Check/Change”
2 on page 5-38 . 024 2 024 2
d d d
o_
d3. Check the oil water separator d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
The steps for checking oil water separator have been described. See “Oil Water Separator–Check/
Drain/Replace” on page 5-32.
Besides, check the hoses and pipe connector for looseness to avoid the air going into the pipeline.
4. Check the hydraulic oil level
The steps for checking the hydraulic oil level have been described. See “Hydraulic Oil-Check/
Refill/Change” on page 5-48 .
NOTE： 1-11 1-11 1- 11

4-0
2 will change after startup of engine, check
The oil0level 4-0
02 the level again before working. 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dNOTE： do do
gui gui gui
The oil level may change as the oil temperature varies. While in operation, keep the oil level about
2/3 of the level meter.

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
5. Check the -washer
024
-
02 4-0
2 2 2
Thedo _d _d side in the cab.
oright _d
i container d
of washer is mounted at the rear
i do
gu gu gui
The steps for checking the fluid level have been described. See “Windshield Washer Fluid–Check/
Fill” on page 5-66 .
6. Check the air filter
Take the following steps to remove the accu-

mulated dust.
1) Open the access door at the side of the cov-

ering part, and then the air filter can be
1-11 1-11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
seen.
202 202 202
_d dust by pressing the dust evacuator
2) Empty _d _d
ido
gu(1). gui
do
gui
do
1
Fig 4-1
3) Close the access door.
1. Dust evacuator
7. Check the tires
• Check every tire (1) for proper inflation, ex-

1
cessive wear, damaged or cut surface and
2
foreign matter penetration.
1 11 11
• 1-1(2) for loose or missing lug
Check every rim 1- 1-
2 4-0 4-0 4-0
202 02
nuts and0damaged surfaces.
2 2
_d d
_ Fig 4-2 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
NOTE：
If any problems with the tires or rims are 1. Tire 2. Rim
found, contact your SANY distributor for
repairs.
Tire pressure
NOTICE
Risk of tire blowing up!
The tire pressure could increase if the tire is
-11 the tire to blow up. 11 11

exposed to the sun. Too much inflation on
0 1 1- 1-
24-exposed to the sun.
pressure could cause
02 4-0 02 4-0
Avoid the20tire 2 2
o_d o _d _d
uid uid do
gui
Fig 4-3
gCheck the tire pressure with a g
pressure
gauge. Generally, the range of tire pressure

11
1- ±0.3 kgf/cm². When the tire 11 11
should be 01.4
4 - 4 - 01- 4-0
1-
202 is lower , you have to charge thed 202
pressure
d 202
o_ The recommended maximum pressure _ _d
i dtires. i do do
u
g shall be 1.7 kgf/cm². g u gui
8. Check the position of limit plate
Make sure the limit plate for front and rear

frames is unlocked. Then the roller can steer.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
do
Fig 4-4
d d
gui gui gui
9. Check the vibratory drum and dampers
Steps for checking drums and dampers have

been given. See “Damper-Check/Replace” on
page 5-66.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d Fig 4-5 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
10. Check the cables
NOTE：
If any fuse burns frequently or any cable
shows the sign of short circuit, contact SANY
distributor to find the cause and eliminate the
trouble. If not, this will affect the control sys-
tem chronically.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 4-0
02 Fig 02 4-0
2 2 4-6 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

0 24-
Check whether the fuse is damaged;
0 24- 024-0
2
whetherd the fuse with proper capacity is used; d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do any wire connection is off. Checkufori do do
gui
whether
u
gloose terminals. Fix it if any. g
Moreover, pay special attention to the cables

when checking battery, engine, start motor
and alternator. Make sure to check for flam-
mable materials around battery. Immediately Fig 4-7
remove them if any.
4.2 Adjustments Prior to Startup

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11
0 4
-
4.2.1 Seat 2Adjustment
024
-
024-0
2 2 2
_d
omachine o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
This is equipped with an adjustable
seat. To prevent operator fatigue, adjust the
seat to the correct position for the current
operator.
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 4-0
02 4-8 024-0
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
The operator's seat can be adjusted as follows.
Horizontal adjustment
Pull the horizontal adjustment handle (1) up-

ward, slide the seat to the suitable position
and release the handle.
1- 11 Fig 4-91-1
1
1-11
024-0 4-0
2 024-0
2 21.0Horizontal 2
_d _ d adjust- _d
do do do
gui gui gui
ment handle

0 1 -11 1- 11 1- 11
0 4
-
Weight2adjustment
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_ the weight adjustment button (2)do _d _d
idTurn until do
gu reach the number range gui your
that matches gui
own weight.
Fig 4-10
2. Weight adjustment
button
11 rake adjustment
Front height -and
1 1- 11 1- 11
4-0
2 end of the front height and rake ad- 202 4-0 02 4-0
Raise20the 2
d d _d
i d o_
justment o_
handle (3) upward until the seatdfront
i do
gu is up to the suitable height and releaseguthe ad- gui
justment handle.
3
Fig 4-11
3. Front height and

rake adjustment
handle
1 rake adjustment
Back height and
-1 -11 11
0 1 0 1 1-
-
024 end of the back height and rake ad- 2024
Raise the -
02 4-0
2
d handle (4) upward until the seat back d 2
o_
justment
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu is up to the suitable height and releaseguthe ad- gui
justment handle (4). 4
Fig 4-12
4. Back height and

rake adjustment
handle
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
-
Backrest adjustment
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_the backrest adjustment handle (5) up- o_ _d
d
Raise
i i d do
u lean against the backrest to the suitable
gward, gu gui
angle position, and release the handle.
Fig 4-13
5. Backrest adjustment
handle
Seat belt
1-11 1- 11 1-11
4-0
2 plate (6) and pull upward to 202 4-0 6
024-0
Grasp the20latch
d d d2
d o_ the belt. Insert the latch plate (6) into
lengthen
i i d o_ ido
7_
u buckle (7) until it locks.
gthe gu gu
The belt should be placed as low as possible
on your hips, not on your waist. The belt will
retract to adjust belt slack. Fig 4-14
6. Latch plate 7. Buckle
4.2.2 Rearview Mirror Adjustment
1
Adjust the left side-1rearview 11 11
0 1 to observe the left
1- 1-
024
side of roller -
and to check the distance be-
02 4-0 024-0
2
d and the left rear of the roller. 2 2
tween_object
o _d _d
ido
uid the right side rearview to observeguthe
gAdjust gui
do
right side of roller and to check the distance
between object and the right rear of the roller.
Fig 4-15
1 11 11
1-1 1- 1-
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1
-1 Check Prior to Startup 01-1 1 11
-01
4.3 Equipment 1-
024
-
02 4 02 4-0
d 2 d2 2
o_ Introduction
4.3.1
o_ _d
i d d do
gu gui gui
Before starting up the engine, you need to check some equipment to see whether they are in good
condition or not.
4.3.2 Power on the Control System
In order to check the equipment, first you have

to power on the control system. Connect the
master disconnect switch of power supply.
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-16
Insert the key, and turn to position "I". So the

control system will be powered on, and the
display shows icons.
O I II
1-11 1 -11 P III

1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-17
At this moment, if the park brake indicator, the

neutral position indicator, the battery charging
indicator and engine oil pressure indicator
light up, while other indicators are off. This in-
dicates the circuit is ready.
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-18

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

-the Fuel Level - -
024 024 024
4.3.3 Check
2 2 2
_d for checking fuel have been described.
osteps
d
o_ See “Fuel-Check/Refill/Replace” on ipage
d
o_ 5-42.
Thei d i d d
gu gu gu
4.3.4 Check the Propel Control Lever
Before starting the engine, the propel control

lever should be placed at STOP position, or
else the roller will suddenly run when engine
N
P
S
is started. And the impact will cause not only
danger to the operator, but also harm to en-
gine and pump.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
4.3.5 Check the Emergency Stop Switch
Before starting the engine, the emergency

stop switch should be released, or else the
engine can not be started.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-20
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
4.3.6 Check - the Park Brake Switch
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d
starting the engine, checkidothe
_d
i d do
gui
Before
gu gu
switches, indicators and working device to
see whether they are in control or not. Fix if
any problem appears.
1-11 11
Fig -4-21
1 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d
o Check the Switches _d _d
d4.3.7 do do
gui gui gui
Before starting the engine, check the switches, indicators and working device to see whether they
are in control or not. Fix if any problem appears.
• The work light switch
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-22
• The warning light switch (optional)
• The horn switch
• The wiper and the washer switches
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-23

1 1 11 11
01-
4.4 Engine-Starting
4-0
1-
4-0
1-
2 024 2 02 202
d
4.4.1 _Normal Start _d _d
i d o do do
gu gui gui
After checking the items above and eliminating malfunction, you can start up the engine.
1. Turn the key to the right end.
O I II
P III
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 4-0
02 4-24 02 4-0
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2. Hold the key at the right end.
3. Release the key immediately after the engine is started. The key will return to original position
automatically.
4.4.2 Jump-Start
If the batteries are short of energy, you can

start up the engine according to the steps as
follows. 1 1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0
02 cable to start engine requires
1. Using jumper 024-0 02 4-0
_ d 2 working together (One is seated _d 2 _d
2
o
twodpersons do do
ginuithe operator's seat and the other handles
gui gui
the battery).
2. Wear goggles and rubber gloves when Fig 4-25

starting a machine with jump start cables.
3. Jump start with an energy source of the

same voltage as the stalled machine.
4. When using jumper cables, connect the

-11 1- 11 1-11
-01 cable to the positive (+)
positive (+) jumper
24 4-0 4-0
20
battery dterminal 2 02 202
_d _d
first. Next, connect the nega-
o _ o
uid(-) jumper cable to the frame away from
uid do
gui
tive
g g
the batteries.

1- 11 1-11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
NOTE：
2 the jump start cable ends to con- 202
20allow
Do not 2 02
d d _d
d o_ each other or the machine.
tact o_ d do
gui gui gui
4.4.3 Engine Start in Cold Weather (Optional)
In cold weather, the engine may not be started as normal because of the low temperature. At this
moment, you can warm up the engine before starting. Keep the key at the “Ⅱ”gear for about 10s to
preheat. After that, turn the key to the gear “Ⅲ”.
4.5 After Engine Starting

After starting the engine, the roller shouldn't
1
be used to0work-11 at once. There should be 3 0 1 -11 1- 11
4-
min -2052 min for the engine to run in idling 202
4- 02 4-0
d 2
o_ _d _d
dspeed. do do
gui gui gui
Rotate the throttle control switch to the MIN
position, then the engine will run in idle speed.
Fig 4-26
Observe the pressure gauges, instruments and warning lights to ensure they are properly function-
ing, with all readings within specific ranges.
NOTE：
After the engine is started up, generally the hydraulic oil level will be lower. If the hydraulic oil level
is lower than 1/2
0 1 -11of the range, stop the roller. Wait for0the
1
1
-1engine cooling down, and then fill the hy-
0 1 -11
draulic oil4-tank to the recommended mark. 4- 4-
d 202 d 202 d 202
_ o_ _ eliminate
u i dIfo any problem appears, rotate the keyutoidposition P/O to stop the engine. Check outoand
u i d
g the fault. g g
If everything is OK, rotate the throttle control
switch to the MAX position to run the engine
at rated speed.
Fig 4-27
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 1 11 11
-01
4.6 Test Running 1- 1-
024 4-0 4-0
d 2 d 202 2 02
o_
If all the checking items above are qualified _ _d
i dworking, i do do
g u
for you can drive the roller to g u
make gui
some simple movements such as moving for-
ward slowly, making a turning for testing. Be-
fore testing running, turn the switch to the
gear "I" or "II" .
If there is any problem such as abnormal

noise, vibration, smell, smoke, stop the engine
and check faults out. If everything is OK, the
roller can work.
1 Fig 4-28
-1 1-11 1-11
4 -01 4-0 4-0
02 02 02
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
idoTravel Operation
4.7
gu gui
do
gui
do
4.7.1 Travel Forward
Take the following steps to travel forward.
1. Select speed gear according to the road

condition.
CAUTION
Pushing or pulling
0 1 -11the propel control lever 0 1 -11 1-11
-
024 the steering wheel could lose
without holding
024
-
024-0
2
d control of the roller and could cause _d 2 2
o_
direction _d
i d do do
gu
accidents.
gui gui
Holding the steering wheel while pushing or
pulling the propel control lever. Fig 4-29
2. Push the propel control lever forward from

the mid-position.
R
N
P
1- 11 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
- Backward
4.7.2 Travel
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Make the same settings as travel forward.
o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
1.
gu gu
CAUTION
Pushing or pulling the propel control lever
without holding the steering wheel could lose
direction control of the roller and could cause
accidents.
Holding the steering wheel while pushing or
pulling the propel control lever.
1-11 11
Fig 4-31
1- 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 pull the propel control lever back-d 202
2. Then
d 202
o_ from the neutral position. _ _d
dward do do
gui gui gui
R
N
P
Fig 4-32
0 1 -11 1- 11 1- 11
024
-
4.8 Vibration Operation
024-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
gu i dNOTE：
ido
gu can the roller vibrate. gui
do
Only when the gear is at the I or II position,
Take the following steps to vibrate.
1. Choose gear I or II.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-33

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
-
2. Choose vibration frequency according to the working
024
-
requirements.
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ frequency with small amplitude and small o_ compaction force. _d
• High
i d i d do
g•uLow frequency with big amplitude and big gu compaction force. gui
Before switching the vibration mode, stop vibration first.
The single drum roller is often used to compact the foundations of the road. Different vibration fre-
quency is chosen according to the working procedure. Generally, the working procedure could be
static rolling, high-frequency rolling, low-frequency rolling and a final static rolling.
3. Push the propel control lever forward

slowly to speed up the roller.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-34
4. Press down the vibration button to vibrate.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-35
5. After work, press down the vibration button again to stop vibration.
4.9 Parking Operation

1 -11
4.9.1 Service-0Brake 1- 11 1-11
02 4 4-0 4-0
d2 d 202 d 202
_ _ _
u i do brake is used to stop the roller but unot
Service
i dothe engine. Service brake should be carried
u i do out be-
gfore switching speed gears. Take the following
g steps to do service brake. g

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
0
- is vibrating, press down the vi- 24-
1. If the24roller
0 02 4-0
2
d button to stop vibration. d2 2
bration
_ _ _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-36
11 11 11
01- propel control lever slowly to 4-01-
2. Move -the
4 4-0
1-
2
STOP20position. 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
R
N
P
Fig 4-37
11
4.9.2 Park Brake
1- 1-11 1- 11
4-0 4-0
02 is used to stop the roller completely.20Apply
2 the park brake on a slope if the roller 4-0
Park 2brake
d d d 202 needs
i o_be parked. After everyday's work, park
dto i
_
dobrake will be carried out. Take the following
i
_
do steps to do
u
g park brake. g u g u
1. Select an applicable place for parking. Usually a flat ground is recommended.
2. Do service brake.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1-11 1-11

3. Rotate the
0 24- park brake switch to position
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
"P".
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
Fig 4-38
-11
01 control switch to the MIN 01 -11 1-11
-
4. Turn the throttle
2 4 4 - 4-0
20engine's
position for
d idle warm-up for 3 min - 5
d 202 202
_ _ _d
ido
min.
gu ido
gu gui
do
Fig 4-39
5. After 3 - 5 minutes' idle warm-up, rotate the key to position P/O, and take off the key.
6. Turn off the master disconnect switch of power supply. Lock the cabin's door.
-11Brake
4.9.3 Emergency
1 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 24-0 02 4-0
2 20
NOTICE 2
o _d _d _d
uid of machine damage! do do
gRisk gui gui
The frequent use of the emergency stop switch could shorten the service life of the engine and
other important parts.
Except for emergency, do not use emergency stop switch.
The emergency brake is used to stop the roll-

er immediately, and the engine will be shut-
down too. Press down the emergency stop
switch at once when dangerous situation
occurs.
1- 11 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-40

1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 d2
CAUTION 2
_d o_ _d
doRisk of personal injury! d do
gui gui
Restarting the roller under emergency could cause personal injury.
gui
Eliminate the emergency, and then restart the roller.
NOTICE
Restarting the roller under emergency could cause personal injury.
Eliminate the emergency, and then restart the roller.
After pressing-1 1 emergency stop button, it is -11 11

0 1 the
0 1 1-
-
024 to start the engine. Rotate the but- 2024
forbidden -
02 4-0
2
dclockwise along the arrow in figure to _re-d 2
o_
ton _d
i d do do
gu lieve emergency brake. gui gui
Fig 4-41
-1 1 1 1 11
01- Condition
-01 Driving According to the -Road
4.10 Correct
4-0
1-
2 024 2 024 202
d _d Shoulder _d
i d o_ Working near Ditch Edge and
4.10.1
i d oRoad do
gu gu gui
When working near ditch edge, keep a safe
distance to the edge. If necessary, reinforce it
prior to work. When working near road should-
er, low speed gear is recommended. The op-
erator should pay attention to the traveling
direction to avoid destroying the road
shoulder.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do

1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-43
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- near Buildings Vulnerable to Vibration - -
024 024 024
4.10.2 Working
d 2 d 2 d 2
i
When d o_working near buildings such as overidbridge
o_ and subway, generally the operator
i d o_shouldn't
u
gstart gu gu
vibration to keep them from the vibration wave.
4.10.3 Working on the Slope
Before working on the slope, survey the gra-

dient of the slope. When the value of gradient
is beyond the roller's grade ability, the roller
shouldn't be used to work without other
facilities.
11 11 11
-
While the gradient
4 01- of the slope is in the range 4 - 01- 4-0
1-
202 grade ability, the operator can d 202
of the roller's
d 202
_ _ _d
drive
i doupward or downward in a straight lineuiat do do
u
glow gear. g gui
Fig 4-44
Vibration operation would increase the poten-

tial danger of slipping on the iced slope in
winter.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-45

-1 1 11 11
-01 after Each Work Day
4.11 Check 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 02 4-0
d2 _ d2
•o_Inspect your roller and check the work equipment of roller. Check for leaks of oil or_ d2
coolant. Re-
d o d o d
gui pair it in case of any problem. gui gui
• Refuel the tank to maximum level.
• Check the engine compartment for any paper or other debris. Remove them, if any, in order to
prevent fire.
• If the ambient temperature is below -35°C, make sure to drain the cooling water of radiator and
engine (SANY uses the type of antifreeze liquid that freezes at -35°C).
4.12 Transportation
1 11 11
1-1 Vehicle
4.12.1 Transport 1- 1-
0 24-0 24-0 24-0
20
d 2matter road or railway transport is applied, 20
• _No _d select vehicles with appropriate volume
_d and load-
do ing capacity to transport the roller. The
do do
gui gui vehicle must be qualified in maximum
guiloading capacity,
engine power, brake capability and others. It would be the best to exclusively transport the prod-
uct without other machines each time.
• In transportation, take necessary measures to avoid sliding and rolling of the roller.
• Keep a certain distance when passing buildings, bridges, culverts, electric facilities, etc.
• Use the transport vehicle for long-distance machine transportation.
4.12.2 Using a Slope
1. Use slopes for1 the loading and unloading for heavy machines
1 - 1 1 - 11 and ensure the slope is in the best 1
-1
1be
status.-0Try to use a metal slope the one has been
- 0 long laid aside and gone bad must not - 0
2 024The slope shall have sufficient width 2and
used. 024strength to support the machine and 2a0gradient
24
_d _d _d
guido less than 15%. ido
gu ido
gu
NOTE：
• Ensure the slope is placed between the transport vehicle and the ground correctly.
• Ensure the slope is not covered with oil, snow, ice or mud.
• Ensure foundations are laid for the transport vehicle.
2. Start the roller. Select the low gear. Adjust its position to make its front align with the slope. Drive
it onto the transport vehicle slowly. Place sleepers (1) at the specified parking position on the
transport vehicle in advance.
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
Fig 4-46
1. Sleepers
1 the front and rear frames.

3. Fasten slings to fix
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-47
1-11 1-11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202
4.12.3 Shipping 202 202
o _d _d _d
uid do do
gContainer shipping gui gui
1. Preparation
1) Removal of extra high and wide parts
• Disconnect the washer water pipe from the cabin. Fix the water pipe at the cab carrier.
• Disconnect the harnesses.
• Remove the cover on the mounting bracket of hood, and disconnect joints connecting the cab
harness and the frame harness.
•
111 trims in the cab (each at the left and11right sides). Reinstall them after the
Remove the interior
- 1 - 1 -11
0 0 0
2 24- on the carrier.
cab is secured
0 2 0 24- 2 0 24-
• Remove
_d the two side plates on the cab bottom _d(each at the left and right sides). Reinstall
_d them
o
id the cab is secured on the carrier. guid o d o
guafter gui
• Remove the plates in the cab.
• Remove the connecting bolts between the cab and cab floor.

11
- -11 1- 11
• -01 and fix it onto the cabin carrier with bolts.
Lift the cab
4 4-01 4-0
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_Protection of removed extra high and wide
2)
d o_ parts
d do
gui gui gui
Wrap up the removed interior trim clasp nails, floor screws, hood screws and cover plate with bub-
ble film. Place them in the carton together with the rearview mirror package box. Then put the car-
ton on the bottom plate of cabin.
3) Check before protection
Before protection, ensure the roller coating is qualified and has been dried completely. Ensure the
surfaces are clean, dry and without any dust, water, oil or rust.
11 11 -11
Ensure the fasteners connecting the roller parts have been treated against rust and are fixed at
0 1 - 0 1 - 0 1
-
their original positions. - -
2 024 02 4 02 4
d
2._Protection d2 d2
i d o process
d o_ d o_
gu gui gui
Cleaning - rust-proof treatment to exposed non-coated parts - protection of engine - protective
coating of complete machine - drying - partial protection - container loading.
1) Cleaning
• Use solvent gasoline or paint diluent to clean the exposed non-coated parts such as lamp
shades, fasteners and tube connectors. Make sure: a. the cloth and paint brushes to be used
are clean; b. the cleaned parts are clean and without any dust, rust or other foreign objects.
• After cleaning, dry them with compressed air or clean soft paper/car cleaning paper. Carry out
1-11
protective treatment after 5 min -10 min.
1- 11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 treatment to exposed non- coated2parts
2) Rust-proof 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do idoexposed plated parts and aluminumgparts
o
uid such as tube
gui • Apply anti-rust oil 377-HF evenly toguthe
connectors, hydraulic valves, screws, and the coupling disc seat, primary filter support and sec-
ondary filter support of the diesel engine.
• Cover the oil cylinder piston rod in advance and remove the cover after applying protective coat.
Use a piece of clean cloth dipped with diluent to clean these parts. After the solvent volatilizes,
coat these parts with anti-rust oil 377-HF evenly.
3) Protection of engine
Apply protective coat AP1520 to the engine and the internal surfaces of hood for sealing in accord-
0 1 -115.5 in Q/SY 042 025-2008 Specification
ance with Article 0 1
1
-1for 0
the Protection of Exported Engineer- 1 -11
4- 4- 4-
202
ing Machinery.
d 202 202
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu 4) Drying gui gui
Dry the coated complete machine.

11 11 11
01-
5) Partial protection
- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
2 024 02 202
Wrap _ up d 2 bubble film and tape. Then place silica-gel
d the control handle and control console _with _ d
u i do in the package. u i do u i do
g
desiccant g g
3. Export container loading
1) Container loading of basic machine
Start the roller. Adjust the engine speed to 1500 rpm. Select gear 1. Adjust the roller position to be
aligned with the container entrance. Drive the roller at a low speed into the container. Set a sleeper
at the sill of the container for transition. Carefully observe the distances between the machine
sides and the container to avoid the paint damage caused by interference. Stop driving when the
front wheels contact1with the limit sleeper. At last, shut down the
11 -11
machine and disconnect it from
1 - 1 1 - 1
the power supply.
4 - 0 -
4 0 - 0 4
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
o_ of basic machine
2) Fixing
d do_ d o_
gui gui gui
Park the roller at the center in the container. Set wedge blocks before/behind the drums and at the
points of contact with container. Fix the wedge blocks with round steel nails. Connect the fixing
hole on the machine with the hook in container by iron wires. This is to prevent roller bounce. Set
wearable cloth in the fixing hole for protection.
3) Container loading and fixing of cabin
Use a forklift truck to load the cabin together with the cabin bracket into the container. Then fix
them wit.
- 11 1-11 1- 11
-01 parts box
4) Fixing of removed
4 4-0 4-0
02 202 202
d2
_ parts box containing the removed parts. d d
Sealothe
i d i d o_ Then put it on the platform at the left iupper
d o_ corner
u
gin the cabin. g u g u
5) Fixing of attached accessories box
Lift the wooden box containing the attached accessories to the middle under the cabin bracket with
a forklift truck. Then, fix the bottom wood slats of the box to the container floor with steel nails.
6) Lifting of container with a reach stacker
Use a reach stacker to lift the container stably. Later, keep the reach stacker stationary and drive
11 11 -11
the flatcar to the place just under the container. Stably lower the container to the flatcar and fasten
0 1 - 0 1 - 0 1
it.
4 - 4- 4-
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
o_
7) Delivery
d do_ d o_
gui gui gui
Carry out final check before Delivery. After getting out of the container, lock the container door.

0 1 -11 1- 11 1- 11
4. Check
024
- oil level and keys
the
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_ o_d _d
i d uid4–1 Oil Level Standard do
u gui
Table
g g
No. Item Standard
1 Hydraulic oil Between 1/2 ~ 2/3 of the level gauge scale
2 Lubricating oil Between the marks Min and Max of the oil dipstick
Just at the beginning of oil overflow from the over-
3 Reducer gear oil
flow outlet
4 Diesel oil 1/8 at the electronic fuel gauge
1- 11 11
Table 4–2 Key List
1- 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202
No. Name 202 Qty Unit 20
Remarks
2
_ _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1 Ignition key 2 Piece
2 Cabin door key (left and right)
3 Fuel tank key These 5 kinds of
4 Electric control cabinet key 2 Piece keys are
Battery box key interchangeable.
5
6 Engine hood key
Total 2 Piece
-11shipping
Non-container
1 1- 11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202
1. Preparation 202 2 02
o _d _d _d
dBefore do do
gui protection, make sure the rolleruicoating
g g i
is qualified and has been dried ucompletely. Make
sure the surfaces are clean, dry and without any dust, water, oil or rust.
Make sure the fasteners connecting the roller parts have been treated against rust and are fixed at
their original positions.
2. Protection process
Cleaning - rust-proof treatment to exposed non-coated parts - protection of engine - protective

coating of complete machine - drying - partial protection - handover at the port - shipping.
-11 -11 -11

1) Cleaning
0 1 0 1 0 1
2 - 24-
• Use 4solvent gasoline or paint diluent to clean the exposed non-coated parts such as4-lamp
2 0 2 0 2
20brushes
_ d shades, fasteners, tube connectors, bolts d d
and nuts. Make sure: a. the cloth and paint
i do to be used are clean; b. the cleaned i o_ are clean and without any dust, rustidor
dparts o_other foreign
g u g u g u
objects.

-11 - 11 - 11
• -01 dry them with compressed air or clean
After cleaning,
4 -01soft paper/car cleaning paper. Carry out-01
4 4
202 treatment after 5-10 minutes.
protective
d d2
02
d2
02
i d o_ i do
_
d o_
u u
g2) Rust-proof treatment to exposed non-coated
g parts gui
Apply anti-rust oil 377-HF evenly to the exposed plated parts and aluminum parts such as tube
connectors, hydraulic valves, screws, and the coupling disc seat, primary filter support and sec-
ondary filter support of the diesel engine. Then wrap them up with polyethylene film (or bags)
against water.
Cover the oil cylinder piston rod in advance and remove the cover after applying protective coat.
Use a piece of clean cloth dipped with diluent to clean these parts. After the solvent volatilizes,
coat these parts with anti-rust oil 377-HF evenly. Then wrap it up with cylinder sleeve. At last,
fasten it with bandage.
1 1 11
1-1
3) Protection of 0engine 0 1-1 1-
4 - 4 - 4-0
202
Apply protective 202internal surfaces of hood for sealing.
coat AP1520 to the engine and the 202
_d _d _d
ido
g4)uProtective coating of complete machineguid
o
gui
do
Apply protective wax AP585 to the following parts: cabin, front frame, rear frame, center articula-
tion frame, hood, axles, hydraulic elements, tube connectors, plated parts, and spare parts with-
out anti-rust oil and made of anticorrosive materials such as stainless steel, copper, nickel and
chrome.
5) Drying
Dry the coated complete machine.
6) Partial protection
• 1
Wrap up the-1operation -11 Place silica-gel desiccant in the 1
1-1
box with bubble film and tape.
- 0 1 - 0 1 - 0
024 024 024
package.
• Seal 2
d the electrical connectors with tape against2
d water. Protect parts of cabin connectors2
d by
gu the same means. gu gu
• Wrap up the 4 lamps at the front and rear parts of cabin with polyethylene film.
• Wrap up the products to be stepped on with bubble film and tape.
• Wrap up the cylinder axis pin with sleeve. Fix the related parts with hose clamps.
3. Handover at the port
Carry out inspection after the goods arrive at the port and before shipping. Accept the goods only
after the following conditions are met.
• The overall paint is undamaged.
• 1
-1rearview -11 box and document box are intact 11
1-
The seals for the mirror carton, attached accessories
4 - 01 4 - 01 4-0
202doors and windows and the hood ared closed
202 and locked. 02
and undamaged.
d 2
• The_cabin _ _d
ido articulation fixing rod is locked. guido
•guThe gui
do
4. Shipping

11 11 11
01- shipping
1) Equipment
4- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
2•02General cargo ship 202 202
d d d
d o_ _ nameplate. Wrap the steel rope atothe
Carry out lifting according to thedolifting d
_ lifting eye
gui u i u i
with wearable cloth to protectg the paint there. Lift and lower the roller gslowly to protect its
structure against damage.
• Roll-on-roll-off ship
For roll-on-roll-off ships, a platform or slope shall be used to connect the ship and wharf.
The gradient of the platform or slope shall not exceed 35°. This is to avoid steering when
driving up/down the slope. If steering is required, drive the machine back to the ground.
After correcting the direction, drive it onto the slope.
2) Equipment fixing
-11 -11
Fix the roller with solid pull rods. Wedge the front and rear drums with triangle timber blocks.11
- 0 1 - 0 1 - 1-
0Re-
02 4
Take other measures to fix the machine firmly.
02 4 4
In addition, drain the engine water tank.
02
_ d 2serve some fuel for dispatch. Disconnect d 2the circuit between the battery and the frame.
d2
i do d o_ d o_
u
g 5. Check the oil level and keys gui gui
For detailed information, see Table 4–1.
Complete the key handover procedures. See Table 4–2.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Maintenance
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Maintenance
1 1 1 1 1 1
01- 01- 01-
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
- - -
2 024
5.1 Maintenance 024 024
Information .....................................................................................................5-3
2 2
d d d
i d o_ 5.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................5-3
i d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
5.1.2 Checks before Maintenance......................................................................................5-3
5.1.3 Checks after Maintenance or Repairs......................................................................5-3
5.1.4 Notes on Maintenance ...............................................................................................5-4
5.1.5 Notes on Fuel System ................................................................................................5-4
5.1.6 Notes on Engine Performance ..................................................................................5-5
5.1.7 Notes on Hydraulic System .......................................................................................5-5
5.1.8 Torque Values ..............................................................................................................5-5
5.2 Requirements on Use of Oil & Fluid ...................................................................................5-7
5.2.1 Introduction of Functional Oil & Fluids .....................................................................5-7
1 -11 -11
0
5.2.2 -Oil 1-&1 Fluids Selection .................................................................................................5-9
- 0 1 - 0 1
2 024 Filling Capacities ......................................................................................................
5.2.3 2 024 2 024 5-14
d d d
i d o_ Test Run Instructions ........................................................................................................
5.3 i d o_ i d o_ 5-15
gu 5.4 Maintenance Schedules....................................................................................................
gu gu 5-16
5.4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-16
5.4.2 Roller Maintenance Locations................................................................................ 5-16
5.4.3 Routine Maintenance............................................................................................... 5-17
5.4.4 Engine–Store ............................................................................................................ 5-18
5.4.5 Short-time Storage–Maintain ................................................................................. 5-19
5.4.6 Long-time Storage–Maintain .................................................................................. 5-19
5.4.7 Post-maintenance Roller–Check ........................................................................... 5-19
5.4.8 Regular
1 - 11 Technical Maintenance Intervals1-............................................................
11 5-20 1
1-1
- 0
5.5 Maintenance for the Power System - 0
................................................................................ - 0
5-23
2 024 Air Filter–Clean/Replace .........................................................................................
5.5.1 2 024 2 024 5-23
d d d
i d o_ 5.5.2 Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change i d o_ ............................................................................
i d o_ 5-28
gu gu gu
5.5.3 Engine Oil Filter Element–Replace ....................................................................... 5-31
5.5.4 Oil Water Separator–Check/Drain/Replace ......................................................... 5-32

Maintenance SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1 1 1
0 1-1
5.5.5 Radiator–Check/Clean
- 0 1-1
............................................................................................
- 5-3701-1
-
024 Coolant-Check/Change .............................................................................
5.5.62Engine 2 024 2 024
5-38
d d d
i d o_ Engine Belt–Check/Replace...................................................................................
5.5.7 i d o_ i d o_ 5-40
gu 5.5.8 Engine Air Intake Pipeline–Check gu .........................................................................
gu 5-42
5.5.9 Fuel-Check/Refill/Replace ...................................................................................... 5-42
5.5.10 Fuel Filter–Replace ............................................................................................... 5-46
5.5.11 Crankcase Vent Line–Check ................................................................................ 5-47
5.6 Maintenance for the Hydraulic System ........................................................................... 5-48
5.6.1 Hydraulic Oil-Check/Refill/Change........................................................................ 5-48
5.6.2 Hydraulic Oil Filter–Replace................................................................................... 5-51
5.7 Maintenance for the A/C ................................................................................................... 5-53
5.7.1 A/C-Check/Maintain................................................................................................. 5-53
1 - 11 1 - 11 1 -11
- 0
5.7.2 Compressor - 0
V-belt–Check/Replace...................................................................... 5-56 - 0
2 024
5.8 Maintenance 2 024
for the Electric System............................................................................... 2 024
5-58
d d d
i d o_ Battery–Maintain ......................................................................................................
5.8.1 i d o_ i d o_ 5-58
gu 5.8.2 Electric Box-Maintain...............................................................................................
gu gu 5-59
5.8.3 Fuse-Replace ........................................................................................................... 5-60
5.9 Maintenance for the Machanical System........................................................................ 5-61
5.9.1 Grease for Propel Bearing-Fill................................................................................ 5-61
5.9.2 Grease for Central Articulation Frame-Fill............................................................ 5-62
5.9.3 Lubricant for Drum Vibration Bearing-Replace.................................................... 5-63
5.9.4 Lubricant for Reducer-Replace .............................................................................. 5-64
5.9.5 Lubricant for Rear Axle-Replace............................................................................ 5-65
-11 -11
5.9.6 Lubricant for Transfer Case-Replace .................................................................... 5-66 11
4 - 0 1
4 - 0 1
5.9.7 Damper-Check/Replace.......................................................................................... 4
5-66 - 01-
02
2Windshield 202 02
25-66
d
5.9.8 d
Washer Fluid–Check/Fill..................................................................... d
o_ o_ o_ 5-68
guid5.9.9 Oil tank and Pipes–Check.......................................................................................
uid g g uid
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 1 11 11
-01
5.Maintenance 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 024-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Maintenance Information ido
d5.1 do
g u gu gui
5.1.1 Introduction
Do not perform any maintenance and/or repairs not authorized in this Safety, Operation & Mainte-
nance Manual or the Shop Manual for this machine. Always observe and follow all safety precau-
tions and use the proper tools when performing any maintenance procedures.
5.1.2 Checks before Maintenance
1
Observe and understand
1 1
these points to ensure your safety:
1 11
1- 1- 1-
• Read 4-0
02and understand the Safety section of this 4-0
02 manual — including the Lockout/Tagout
02proce- 4-0
_ d2 d 2
_d “Lockout/
2
d o dure o_
— before proceeding with any inspection
id
or maintenance procedures. oSee
d
gui Tagout Procedures” on page 2-24. gu gui
• Do not perform any maintenance not authorized in this operator’s manual maintenance section
for this machine. If unauthorized maintenance on this machine must be done, contact your
SANY distributor before proceeding.
• Avoid working on the machine while the engine is running unless required to do so in the proce-
dure. If the engine must remain running during a procedure, always have a person in the cabin
who can correctly operate the machine and who is in clear contact with you at all times.
• Contact your SANY distributor if you are unable to perform the procedures listed in this manual
1 - 11procedures are required.

or if additional
1 -11 1 -11
• Always 0
- the proper tools when performing any 0
-maintenance procedures. - 0
024 024 024
use
d 2
• _Obtain 2
d before proceeding with any repair work.d 2
o_ o_
the maintenance record for this machine
i d o i d i d
gu • Always use the maintenance record gufor this machine to keep a daily recordguof the hour meter
reading, then refer to it when determining your schedule of maintenance procedures.
• Always use genuine SANY parts, coolants and lubricants when maintaining this machine. Fail-
ure to do so may result in premature system or component failure.
• Always use clean “EP” (extreme pressure) grease when lubricating the machine. Avoid using
low viscosity greases.
• If any access covers must be open when working on this machine, be sure those covers are
properly supported.
1 Maintenance or Repairs
-1after 11 11
5.1.3 Checks
1 1- 1-
0 24-0 24-0 024-0
20
d 2 do the following after performing any dmaintenance 2
_d
Always to the machine.
_ o_
i do d do
u
g With the machine running: gui gui
• Check for any leakage in the system you have serviced.

1 1 1
1-1 no abnormal sounds coming from the
• Be sure there-0are - 0 -1 or hydraulic system.
1engine - 0 1-1
4 24 024
• Checkd 2for02any loose or abnormal movement in dthe20system you have repaired.
d 2
_ _ o_
g ido for any overheating of the systemuyou
•uCheck idohave serviced.
g u i d
g
With the engine off:
• Be sure you have completed all the steps in the maintenance or repair of the machine.
• If necessary, have a coworker inspect your work for correct and proper completion.
• Be sure the covers are reinstalled, close tightly and latch securely in place after completion of
maintenance. Be sure that any locks are properly latched for security.
• Always inventory your tools, parts used and nuts and bolts after completing maintenance to en-
sure that none of these items were left on or inside the machine. Failure to do so could result in
unexpected failure1 or damage to the machine.
-1 -11 -11
• -01 components have been replaced or removed,
If any hydraulic
24 -0124
always bleed the air from the sys--01
24
0 0 0
d 2 resuming and work operations. Be sure
tem before
_ d 2 there are no leaks and the hoses or lines
_ d 2 are
i do twisted and do not rub on any other components.
i do do_
gui
unot u
g g
• Complete the maintenance record for this machine and return it to its permanent storage
location.
• Follow the Lockout/Tagout procedure for returning the unit to service. See “Lockout/Tagout
Procedures” on page 2-24.
5.1.4 Notes on Maintenance
Read all applicable safety instructions when you service the roller.
0 1 -11 will be increased and the lifetime of0essential

The reliability of roller
1 -11 components will be prolonged-
0 1 -11
2 0 2 -
with thorough4machinemaintenance.
2 0 24- not observing the safety instructions
The faults result from
2 0 4-
2will
d effort than maintenance work.
cause more
_ d d
i do do_ do_
u
gDuring maintenance, you should: gui gui
• Completely clean the roller and engine before maintenance.
• Park the roller on level ground for maintenance.
• When carrying out maintenance work, shut down the engine.
• Depressurize the hydraulic lines before working on them.
• Cut off the battery power supply before working on the electrical parts.
• Collect the effluent lubricant, coolant and fuel to prevent contamination.
5.1.5 Notes on Fuel System

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11
- of diesel engine mainly depends on
The service24life - 24-
2 0 2 024 the fuel purity. During maintenance,20you
d d d
o_ o_ o_
should:
i d i d i d
g•uMake sure the engine is free of dirt andgwater
u or the injection parts may be damaged. gu
• Never use a galvanized iron barrel to store fuel.
• Before drawing the fuel out from a barrel, store the barrel for a long time.

1 1 1 1
• Prevent-the0 1-fuel suction pipe from churning the fuel- 0 1-1
barrel. - 0 1-1
• Never
2 024draw the fuel out on the bottom of the 2barrel.
024 2 024
d d d
i d•o_The fuel left at the bottom of the barrelidcann't
o_ be used by engine. It is used for cleaning.
i d o_
gu u
g u g
5.1.6 Notes on Engine Performance
The rate between combustion air and fuel injection of the diesel engine has been carefully ad-
justed. Engine’s performance, temperature level and the quality of the exhaust gas are determined
by that.
You should consult the service department of our company or engine manufacturer if the machine
has to work with full load in the thin air (at high altitude).
- 11 1-11 1- 11
-01on Hydraulic System
5.1.7 Notes
4 4-0 4-0
02 202 202
d2 d
_ the hydraulic system from contaminating. d
_ Make sure no dirt or any other dirtyosubstance
_
do do
Keep en-
u i u i u i d
g ters the system, as even tiny particles
g may scratch the valve, make pumps tog seize or block the
throttle or guide hole, resulting in high repair cost.
• If the oil level is found to have dropped during the daily check, check all lines and hydraulic ele-
ments for leaks.
• Seal the external leakage at once. If necessary, inform the relevant after-sales service depart-
ment for repair.
• Never leave the barrel containing hydraulic oil in the open air. The water may enter the barrel
through the oil outlet because of weather changes.
• Use oil filling and filtering devices to refill hydraulic oil. This device is equipped with a filter that
1 1 11
1-1hydraulic oil and prolong the lifetime of 1the
can filter the -1 filter. 1-
• 4-0
02 removing the connector and oil tank cover,
Before 4-0
02 clean them and the surfaces around02to pre- 4-0
_ d 2 dirt from entering the system. d 2 d 2
d o vent
ido_ ido_
gui • u oil filler of the hydraulic oil tank open.gOtherwise,
Unless it is necessary, do not leavegthe u the dirt
may enter the oil tank.
5.1.8 Torque Values
Always refer to this table if the tightening torque value is not listed or specified in the procedure.
Table 5–1 Torque Table for T Clamp
Tightening torque value

-11
Bolts
1 1-11 Location
1- 11
24-0 (N.M)
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2T0clamp φ86-φ95 d2
8±2N.M d2
Cooling system assembly
o _ _ o_
d do d
gui T clamp φ54-φ67 g u i
8±2N.M guiassembly
Cooling system
T clamp φ140-φ149 8±2N.M Air inlet and exhaust system
assembly
1- 11 11 11
4-0 01- (continue)
Table 5–1 Torque Table for T Clamp
4-0
1-
02 0 24- 02
d2 Tightening torque 2
_d value _d
2
d o_ Bolts d o Location do
gui gui
(N.M)
gui
T clamp φ90-φ114 8±2N.M Air inlet and exhaust system
assembly
Clamp φ20-φ32JB8870 8±2N.M Hose of AC system
Table 5–2 Torque Table for Bolts or Screws
Bolts or screws Tightening torque value (N.M) Location

Screw M10×30GB70.1 12.9 90±10N.M Linkage disc seat
-11 -11 1-11
-01
Screw M10×40GB70.1
24
12.9 -01
75±5N.M
24
Crescent-shaped plate
4-0
0 0 02
d 2M12×30GB70.1 10.9
Screw d2
123±10N.M Elastic leg
_d
2
o_
dScrew d o_ o
g u i M12×35GB70.1 12.9 gui 150±10N.M uid
Coupling
g
Bolt M12×35GB5783 10.9 123±10N.M Duplex pump
Screw M12×35GB70.1 12.9 123±10N.M Damper
Screw M12×40GB70.1 12.9 150±10N.M Vibration motor
Screw M16×40GB70.1 12.9 300±15N.M Cover
Bolt M10×25GB5783 50±5N.M Fan
Bolt M10×30GB5783 50±5N.M Steer
Bolt M10×35GB5783 10.9 75±5N.M Compressor bracket
-11GB5782
Bolt M12×130
1 90±10N.M
1- 11 Elastic leg
1-11
02 4-0
Bolt M16×50GB5783 10.9 02 4-0
300±15N.M Piston motor 024-0
d 2 M12×25GB5783
_Bolt d2
_90±10N.M _ d2
do do ido
Muffler bracket
gui Bolt M12×30GB5783 10.9 gui 123±10N.M g u
Damper
Bolt M12×40GB5783 90±10N.M Instrument console
Bolt M12×40GB5783 10.9 123±10N.M Support plate
Bolt M12×70GB5782 10.9 123±10N.M Radio
Bolt M16×1.5×55GB5786 10.9 314±15N.M Seat of damper
Bolt M16×1.5×60GB5786 10.9 300±15N.M End cover
Bolt M16×1.5×60GB5786 10.9 314±15N.M Travel support
1 10.9 1 Mounting seat

11
Bolt M16×50GB5783 300±15N.M
0 1-1 0 1-1 1-
024
-
Bolt M16×70GB5782 10.9
024
300±15N.M - Bearing cover 4-0
d 2 2 202
o_ M20×120GB5782 10.9 _d _d
Compressor
ido ido
Bolt 570±35N.M
u i d
g Bolt M20×130GB5782 gu 410±30N.M gu baffle
Bearing
Bolt M20×160GB5782 10.9 570±35N.M Cabin

1- 11 11 11
4-0
Table 5–2 01-or Screws (continue)
Torque Table for Bolts
4-0
1-
02 0 24- 02
d 2 Bolts or screws 2
_d torque value (N.M)
Tightening d2
Location
d o_ d o o_
dCabin
gui Bolt M20×170GB5782 10.9 gui 570±35N.M g u i
Bolt M20×2×80GB5785 10.9 640±35N.M Bearing seat
Bolt M20×260GB5782 595±35N.M Drive axle
Bolt M24×100GB5782 10.9 1030±70N.M Side plate
Bolt M24×60GB5783 10.9 1096±50N.M Side plate
5.2 Requirements on Use of Oil & Fluid
-11 of Functional Oil & Fluids

5.2.1 Introduction
1 1-11 1- 11
24-0 02 4-0 024-0
20 oil
Engine 2 2
o _d _d _d
dChoose do o
uidrequired speci-
gui gui and type. Other engine oil meetinggthe
engine oil according to the function
fications also can be chosen.
As the viscosity of engine oil varies with the temperature, the local ambient temperature is ex-
tremely important for the selection of viscosity grade.
If the ambient temperature is occasionally lower than the applicable temperature limit (for example,
using SAE 15W/40 engine oil at -15℃ ), only the engine cold start capability but not the engine will
be affected.
The multi-grade oil does not require frequent oil change according to the temperature change. The
is-1
1 -11 1
synthetic oil 1
0 better since it can be used under higher1temperature
0 and it is more reliable. 1-1 0
4- 4- 4-
202
Thed maximum allowable duration for the engine 202 202
o _ o _d oil is 1 year. If the oil change intervals
o _d exceed 1
guidyear, the oil shall be changed at least once
uid a year.
g uid
g
The engine oil used by this machine shall be changed every 250 working hours. This change inter-
val is only applicable for engine adopting diesel oil with sulfur content below 0.5% and in tempera-
ture above -10°C.
When the sulfur content is 0.5% ~1% or the temperature is below -10° C, the oil change interval
should be shortened half. If the sulfur content is 1% - 1.5%, the engine oil shall contain TBN, 12
times more sulfur content, with the change interval shortened half.
Fuel
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 d2
WARNING 2
o _d o _ o _d
uid of death or personal injury!
Risk
gExplosion g uid g uid
could be caused if diesel is mixed with gasoline or alcohol, which could cause death or
personal injury.
Do not mix diesel with gasoline, alcohol or mixture of gasoline and alcohol.
NOTICE
The water and impurities in the fuel system could cause serious damage to engine pump and
nozzle.
Fuel quality should11
be controlled strictly. 11 11
1- 1- 1-
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 oil meeting national and local emission
Regularddiesel d 2 standard is recommended. 2
_ o_ _d
i do d do
u
gThe diesel oils below are permitted: gui gui
• GB252
• DINEN590
• BS 2869: A1 and A2
• ASTM D 975-78: 1-D and 2-D
• NATO Code F-54 and F-75
Refill the tank to avoid running out of oil. Otherwise, the lube filter and injection lines need to
discharge.
1 1 1
Only commercially
- 0 1-1available diesel fuel can be used. Ensure
- 0 1-1 that the sulfur content is less than-01-1
0.5% and no
2 024contamination when filling in. Higher sulfur
2 024 content has negative effect on oil change
2 024
d d d
o_
intervals.
d id o_ o_
gToui avoid blocking caused by paraffin, onlyguwinter g uid
diesel fuel can be used in temperature below 5
℃ . The mixture of diesel oil and proper additive can also be used.
Lubricant
Lubricant includes engine oil, gear oil, transmission oil, hydraulic oil, etc.
The proper viscosity grade is determined not only by the minimum outside temperature when the
machine is started, but also by the maximum outside temperature while the machine is operated.
Parts that are continuously operated should use the oil with higher viscosity in order to maintain
11 11 11
01- oil film thickness.
the highest possible 01- 01-
2 0 24- 2 0 24- 02 4-
Greased d d2
i d o_ i d o_ d o_
u lithium-based high pressured saponified
gUse gu grease. gui
Coolant

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
Antifreeze -of organic acid technology (OAT) is adopted.
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
NOTE：
gu • Do not mix coolant with additives ofgdifferent
u
types.
• The protective agent of cooling system must be disposed environmentally.
5.2.2 Oil & Fluids Selection
NOTICE
Failing to use the oil and fluid according to this manual could affect the machine performance and
cause damage to relevant parts.
11
Do follow the-manual
1 while using the oil and fluids. -11 1 -11 1
2 4 -0 2 4 -0 2 4 -0
2 0 20 20
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui NOTICE gui
Mixed use of different brands of oil could cause machine performance degradation or component
failure.
Never mix oil and fluids of different brands while using them.
• SANY special oil and fluids are recommended.

• Select oil and fluids with proper quality grade, technical specifications and viscosity as per latest
standard of related authorities according to this manual.
• 11and fluids should comply with local laws-1and
Disposal of -oil
1
1 regulations.
1 1- 11
• 4 - 0selection: 4-0 4-0
202 02 02
Viscosity
d 2 2
_
o Ambient temperature _d _d
d1) do do
gui gui gui
Check the ambient temperature before the machine starts. Choose proper viscosity of oils and flu-
ids under such temperature according to the standards.
NOTE：
In extreme cold area, use parts heating system and apply oil and fluids of higher viscosity grade.
2) Viscosity grade
Proper viscosity depends on the minimum ambient temperature, which is the temperature for ma-
-11 operation.
chine startup and
1 -11 1 -11 1
2 4 -0 2 4 -0 2 4 -0
0 0 0
_ d2
To determine proper viscosity grade under the
_
2
d maximum ambient temperature for startup
_ d 2and op-
o
deration, do o maximum
dthe
gui allowable viscosity grade under ambient gui temperature should be selected for machine
gui startup. For
refer to the "Max. Temp." in the following tables. Unless specially specified,

11 11 11
long-term operation,
4 - 01- oil and fluids of higher viscosity should
4 - 01-be selected for transmission and dif-4-01-
ferential, 2
so02as to maintain the thickest film. 202 202
o _d o _d _d
i d i d do
g•uOil and fluids used under low temperature:
gu gui
1) Before startup of the machine, ensure engine oil, transmission oil, hydraulic oil and other fluids
are full. Take out the dipstick, check that the oil or fluid flows down the dipstick easily. Oil or fluid di-
luted by kerosene is prohibited.
2) If different oil or fluid is replaced under low temperature, the filter element should replace too.
Otherwise, the filter element and housing will be solidified. Drain the oil and fluids in hydraulic cylin-
der and pipelines. After replacement, run the machine to circuit the oil and fluid.
1 according to this manual.

3) Select proper viscosity
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0
02change of temperature, change proper oil
4) In case of 4-0
02 and fluids according to this manual. 024-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid do do
gRequirements of oil and fluids. gui gui
Table 5–3 Engine Oil Under Different Ambient Temperature
Part/ Type, quality grade & techni- Viscosity grade of Ambient temp.（℃）
System cal spec. of oil & fluids oil & fluids Min. Temp Max. Temp.
SAE 0W-20 -40 10
SAE 0W-30 -40 30
SAE 0W-40 -40 40
Diesel1 Engine Oil
Engine
0 -1
1API 1 -11
SAE 5W-30
0
-30 30 1-11
-•
024 • GB 11122
CI-4
24- 5W-40 024-0
20SAE
crankcase -30 40
d 2 d2
o_ o _d _40
d d SAE 10W-30 -20 do
gui gui SAE 10W-40 -20 gui 50
SAE 15W-40 -15 50
• Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment temper-

ature .
• For engine with emission of China Ⅱ or Euro Ⅱ standard for off-road machine,
API CH-4 or lubricant of higher grade should be used.
Note
• For engine with emission of China Ⅲ or Euro Ⅲ standard for off-road machine,
API CH-4 or lubricant of higher grade should be used.
• For
0 1 -11engine with emission of Euro Ⅳ standard
0 1 -11 for off-road machine, API CJ-4 or 01-11
4 - -24 - 4
02 02
lubricant of higher grade should be used.
0
d2 d2 d2
do_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1- 11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0
Table 5–4 Gear Oil Under Different Ambient Temperature 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido id o
gui g u
Type, quality grade & tech-
Viscosity gutemp.（℃）
Ambient
Part/System grade of oil &
nical spec. of oil & fluids Min. Temp Max. Temp.
fluids
Industrial Enclosed Gear Oil
(mineral oil).
150 -10 40
• DIN 51517 Part 3-group
CLP
• ISO 12925-1 CKD
• AIST 224
220 -5 50
1 1 11
0 1-1 • AGMA 9005-E02:EP 1-1 1-
4 - 4-0 4-0
202 202 02
•
GB 5903
2
_ dTransfer
_ d _d
i docase/Reducer Industrial Enclosed Geari doOil do
g u (PAO). g u gui
150 -40 50
• DIN 51517 Part 3=>group
CLP
• NF-ISO 6743-6 Category
CKD
• AIST 224 220 -40 50
• AGMA 9005-E02
• GB 5903
Note -1 1 Proper fluid types should be selected according

- 11
to different environment
-11
4 -01 temperature.
- 0 1 - 0 1
02 024 024
d2 _d
2 d 2
d o_ d oOil d o_
gui i i
Table 5–5 Automotive Gear Under Different Ambient Temperature
gu gu
Type, quality grade & Ambient temp.（℃）
Viscosity grade
Part/System technical spec. of oil &
of oil & fluids Min. Temp Max. Temp.
fluids
SAE 75W-90 -40 30
Heavy-duty Automotive SAE 80W-90 -20 40

Gear Oil
Rear axle
• API GL-5 SAE 85W-90 -15 40
0-11
1 • GB 13895 0 1 -1 1
0 1 -11
- - 85W-140 50 4-
024 024
SAE -10
2 2 2 02
_ d _ d _ d
u i do u i do SAE 90 0
u i do 40
g g be selected according to different environment
Proper fluid types should g
Note
temperature.

1- 11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 4-0
02 Ambient Temperature
Table 5–6 Hydraulic Oil Under Different 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do d o
gui gui Viscosity gui
Ambient temp.（℃）
Type, quality grade & technical grade of
Part/System
spec. of oil & fluids oil & Min. Temp Max. Temp.
fluids
Normal Temperature Hydraulic
Oil HM / L-HM Anti-wear Hydraul-
32 -20 5
ic Oil
• AFNOR NF E 48-603HM
• ISO 11158 L-HM
1
•-1CINCINNATI 46-11 11
0 1 P68、P69、P70
0 1 -20 10
1-
4 - • 4 - 4-0
202 202 02
EATON-VICKERS M-2950 S、
2
_d _d _d
do ido do
I-286 S
gui • PARKER-DENISON guHF-0、 gui
HF-1、HF-2 68 -15 50
• Q/SH303 0550
• GB 11118.1
Hydraulic Wide-temperature Hydraulic Oil
system HV / L-HV Low-temperature Hy- 32 -30 10
draulic Oil
• AFNOR NF E-48-603 HV
• ISO 67434/4 HV
1 51524 P3 HVLP
•-1DIN
46 1 -30 15
11
0 1 0 1-1 1-
-
024 • CINCINNATI P68、P69、P70 2024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2
o_ o_
• EATON(VICKERS) M-2950S、 _d
d d do
gui I-286 S gui 68 -25 gui 50
• Q/SH303 0661
• GB 11118.1
Aircraft hydraulic oil
• SH 0358 10# -40 5
• Q/SH PRD0476
Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment
Note
temperature.
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0
Table 5–7 Grease Under Different Ambient Temperature 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do uid
o
gui gui Speed gAmbient temp.
Type, quality grade & technical NLGI （℃）
Part/System with
spec. of oil & fluids grade Min. Max.
load
Temp Temp.
EP Lithium-based Lubricating
Grease
• ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB2 2 -25 50
• DIN 51502: MPF2K-25
• SH/T 0587
Motor spline 11 11/ 11
1- 01- 1-
4-0 4-0
4 -
2 02 Grease 202 2 02
_d • ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB o2_
d _d
do d 3 do
-20 50
gui gu
• DIN 51502: MPF3K-20
i gui
• SH/T 0587
High 1 -30 40
Grease
• ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 1
High 2 -25 50
• DIN 51502: KP1K-30
Travelling
bearings/ ar- Mid 2 -20 40
Grease
ticulated
1 • ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 2
frame 1
01- • DIN 51502: KP2K-25 0 1 -11 01-
11
02 4- 02 4- Low 2 -25 4
40 -
d2
• GB/T 7323
d2 202
_ _ _d
do ido uid
o
gui
Tank Lithium-based Lubricating
Grease GJB 4364 g u / 2 g-50 50
Unless specially specified, this machine adopts the following fluids:

• Motor spline: EP Lithium-based Lubricating Grease 3# With Molybdenum Di-
sulfide It is specially used for SANY machine with applicable temperature of
Note -20℃ to 50℃.
• Centralized lubricating device and guide device: Extreme Pressure Lithium-
based Lubricating Grease 2#. It is specially used for SANY machine with ap-
plicable temperature of -25℃ to 50℃.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1- 11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 4-0
02 Ambient Temperature
Table 5–8 Coolant Under Different 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido d o
gui g u
Viscosity gui
Ambient temp.（℃）
Part/System grade of oil &
fluids
Cooling
Antifreeze -35 -30 50
system
(Engine
• OAT
radiator) • GB 29743
-45 -40 50
Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment

Note
1
temperature.
1 1 1 11
1- 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 d 2 Ambient Temperature 2
o _d Table 5–9 Diesel Oil Under Different
o_ _d
gui
d
gui
d
g u ido
Grade of oil (as Ambient temp.（℃）
Part/System per condensation
point)
Diesel Oil 5# 8 50
Diesel Oil 0# 4 50
Fuel system
Regular diesel oil Diesel Oil -10# -5 50
(Diesel
GB 252 Diesel Oil -20# -14 50
engine)
Diesel Oil -35# -29 50
1 -11 -11-50#
Diesel 1Oil -44 50 1 -11
4 -0 - 0 - 0
0 2 024 adopts Diesel Oil 0# when delivery. 024
_ d2 • 2
Unless specially specified, this machine
d d 2
d oNote • d o_ national and local emission standardd o_
gui i i
Regular diesel oil meeting is
g u g u
recommended.
5.2.3 Filling Capacities
Table 5–10 Oil & Fluids Filling Capacities
Type, quality grade & technical spec. of oil

Part/System Dosage (L)
& fluids
-11 -11 11
Fuel tank Diesel oil 0# about 250
0 1 0 1 1-
024
- Reducer
Front Driving
024
Industrial enclosed gear - oil L-CKD 220 about 3 4-0
d 2 d 2 about 7.57_d
202
d o_ engine crankcase
Diesel
d o_ oil CI-4 15W-40 o - 9.46
gu i
Vibratory drum gu
Diesel i engine uid 10
gabout
Rear axle Heavy-duty vehicle gear oil GL-5 85W-140 about 20

1- 11 - 11 1- 11
4-0 01Capacities
Table 5–10 Oil & Fluids Filling (continue)
4-0
02 0 24- 202
d2 Type, quality d 2
grade & technical spec. of oil d
d o_ Part/System
do
_ o_ (L)
dDosage
gui g u i & fluids
g u i
Travelling earings/
articulated EP lithium-based lubricating grease 2# about 3
frame
Normal temperature hydraulic oil.
Hydraulic oil tank about 100
HM 68
Water tank of diesel
Antifreeze OAT -45 Proper
engine
Transfer case Industrial enclosed gear oil L-CKD 220 Proper
1 -11 1 -11 1 -11

02 4-0 4- 0
• Without special 2requirements, above fluids are used for4-this0
2 2 0 202
o _d equipment. d
_ _ d
d Note
do types should be selected accordingutoidodifferent envi-
gui • Proper
g u i
fluid
g
ronment temperature.
5.3 Test Run Instructions

The maintenance below must be applied for the new machine or overhauled engine.
Check the engine oil level twice a day after every 250 working hours.
According to the load, the engine oil consumption become normal after running for 100-250 h.
1
-1 250 h, you should do as follows: 11 11
After running1for 1- 1-
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 the engine for leaks.
• Check
d d 202 2 02
_ _ _d
i d•o Tighten bolts on the intake/exhaust pipes,
i do oil sump and engine base. do
u
g • Tighten the screws on the machine.g u gui
• Change the oil for drum vibration bearing.
• Change the engine oil. Change the engine oil filter.
• Change engine fuel filter and fuel-water separator filter element.
After running for 500 h, you should do as follows:
• Change the oil for drum vibrating bearing.
• Change main element and safety element of air filter .
• Add lubricant for propel bearing and center articulation frame.
• 11
Check the condition
1-
1 and damping block. In case of any11
of key welding parts, power train1parts
1- 1-
0 -0 -0
24- repair, adjust or change them.
damage,
20 20 2 4
20 2 4
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1
-1 Schedules 11 11
-01
5.4 Maintenance 1- 1-
024 024-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
5.4.1 _Introduction
o _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
• The technical maintenance for the roller is divided into three kinds, namely routine maintenance,
regular maintenance and one-off maintenance (troubleshooting).
• The intervals regulated in regular technical maintenance are the same with those specified in
the Engine User’s Guide.
• The engine shall be maintained in accordance with the Engine User’s Guide.
5.4.2 Roller Maintenance Locations
The following view is a general guide for service or maintenance locations on the roller.
1-11 1-11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202 202
NOTICE 2 02
_ _d _d
Risk
u i doof machine damage! ido ido
gFailure to perform the outlined gu listed in this maintenance section gcould
maintenance u result in
shortened service life of the machine or a system failure during operation.
Strictly maintain the machine under the guidance of this manual.
5 6 7
8
4
1 11 11
1-1 1- 1-
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 3
2 2
_d _d _d9
do do do
gui 2 gui gui
1
10
12
11
Fig 5-1
1-11 -1 1
12.Central articulation 01-1
1
1. Front frame
4-0
5. Cab 01system
8. Power
4-
202drum
2. Vibratory 6. Air conditioning 9.20 2
Covering parts
frame 24-
20
d d d
d o_
3. Hydraulic
i system
system
id o_ 10.Rear frame d o_
gu
4. Control console gu
7. Electrical system
11.Front axle assembly gui

0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
024
-
5.4.3 Routine Maintenance
024-0 024-0
d 2 2 2
o_ o _d o _d
u i dNOTE：
uid uid
g g g
The time for regular maintenance is calculated from the engine start. Every time after 1000 h regu-
lar maintenance, the roller enters into the next new cycle of regular maintenance.
Prior to any maintenance, confirm the following items:

• Place the machine on even ground, shut down the engine, and remove the ignition switch key.
• Apply the parking brake switch.
• Ensure all components of the roller cool down.
• Prepare proper container.
-11 -11 -11

NOTE：
1 engine’s running is required during-lubrication
Only when-0the 01 - 01
and maintenance, can the engine
02 4 4 4
keep 2running.
d 202 202
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu 1. Clean the roller. gui gui
• Remove the mud, sands and gravels on the roller.
• Remove the sands and mud on the engine and hydraulic elements.
• Remove the sands on the tires.
• Keep all oil fillers clean.
NOTE：
Do not use corrosive detergent for cleaning. Non-fiber cloth is recommended.
1 for tightness
2. Check the parts
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0
2 connection bolts and pipe clamps for
Check0the 4-0
02looseness and breakage. Tighten or replace
02 the 4-0
2 2 2
_d or broken bolts and pipe clamps.
loose _d _d
do do do
gui 3. Check for oil leakage gui gui
• Check under and around all sides of the roller.

• Check the pump, motor, multi-way valve, valve body, hose, flange and other connections for
leakage.
• Check the engine for leakage.
• Check the muffler line for leakage.
• Check the A/C lines for leakage.
4. Check electric1 circuit

1- 1 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 4-0
02 and oil. Keep them clean. 4-0
202
• Frequently check the harness connectors for water
d 2 d 2 d
•o_Check the connectors and nuts at lamps,
o_ o_ switch
sensors, horn and brake pressure for
d d d
gui looseness. gui gui
• Check the harness for short circuit, open circuit and damage. Keep the harness in good
condition.
- 11 - 11 1-11
• -01 in electric control cabinet for looseness.
Check the wiring -01 4-0
2 024 2 024 2 02
d d _d
d o_ key welding parts/power train partsido_
5. Check
o
gu i gu g uid
• Check welding parts of the frame and the drum for crack. If any, weld or repair them.
• Check power train parts for deformation.
• If you shall perform welding work on the machine, pay attention to protection and treatment of
painting, electrical cables or hydraulic hoses. If the parts to be welded is close to the fuel tank,
be careful of catching fire.
6. Check oil and water level
• Check the level of lubricant, fuel and hydraulic oil. Fill new fuel/oil up to the specified mark.
• 1 in combined radiator, and fill water to 1the required volume. -11
Check the water level
0 1 -1 0 1 -1 0 1
- - -
024
7. Check light
2 2 024 2 024
d d d
i
Checkd o_whether the forward working light, steering
i d o_ light and other lights are on, whetheridthere
o_ is dirt
goru damage. gu gu
8. Check Horn
Check the function of the horn, be sure it is operational.
9. Check operating functions
Check that all functions in the operating cabin work correctly.
10. Check vibratory drum

1 1 1
- 0 1-1 of the hydraulic hoses on the motor
Check the connection
- 0 -1 the reducer for the vibratory drum,01-1
1and -
4 they are in good condition.
and ensure02that 024 024
d 2 d 2 d 2
o_ o_ o_
uid Engine–Store
g5.4.4 gui
d
gui
d
If the engine will not be used for a long time, we recommend to store the engine according to the
following procedures to prevent corrosion.
1. Clean the engine including the cooling system with cold detergent and water gun, or best of all,
steam.
2. Run the engine until the moisture on the surface is evaporated .
3. Drain the warm engine oil and fill anticorrosion oil.

-11 1-11 1-11
-01 and fill antifreeze and coolant.
4. Drain the coolant
4 4-0 4-0
02 202 202
d2 d _d mixed
i o_ the fuel in the fuel tank, mix it with anti-corrosion
5. Drain
d i d o_ oil at a ratio of 10:1 and then fillothe
i d
gu fuel into the tank again. gu gu

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

4- engine for 10 minutes till the anticorrosion
6. Run 2the
0 0 24- mixed diesel enters all pipelines, 0
-
24filters,
2 2 2
o _dpumps and nozzles and the new engine o
d is distributed to all parts.
_oil o_
d
i d i d i d
gu 7. Turn the engine crankshaft (the engine
gu not started) for several times to makeguthe anti-corrosion
mixed fuel injected into the combustion chamber.
8. Remove belts, spray anti-rust oil into the belt pulley oil groove and loosen the belts of alternator,
cooling fan and A/C compressor. Clear away all anti-rust oil before restarting the engine.
9. Seal the air filter inlet and engine exhaust port. Reopen the inlet and exhaust port before restart-
ing the engine.
5.4.5 Short-time Storage–Maintain
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- storage time is less than 3 months, see24“Park
- Brake” on page 4-17. -
024 024
If the roller
2 2 0 2
d d d
i d o_ Long-time Storage–Maintain ido_ i d o_
gu gu gu
5.4.6
If the roller is to be stored for 3 months or even longer, maintain it in accordance with the following
instructions:
• Perform the maintenance for long-time storage and rust-proof treatment in accordance with the
Engine User’s Guide.
• Clean the inner and outer surfaces of the roller. Park it in the garage if available or at a ventilated
place in the open air and cover it with canvas.
• Block up the front and rear frames in parallel. Adjust the adjusting pads until the damp blocks
0-11stress. Connect and fix the front and rear

are not under
1 0-11frames with the limit plate.
1 0 1 -11
- - -
024 the roller through each lubricating point.
• Lubricate
2 2 024 2 024
d the surface of vibratory drum. Wipe_d it with a piece of cloth and then coat some
•o_Clean d
i d i d o i d o_ anti-rust
gu paint. Apply anti-rust oil on the exposed
gu machined parts of vibratory drum. gu
• Remove the storage battery and check the electrolyte level. Charge the battery once a month.
• Seal the air filter, dust port and exhaust pipe outlet with plastic or paper tape to keep the engine
free of moist air.
• Fill up the fuel tank to avoid condensation and rust.
• Fill the hydraulic oil tank up to the mark “Max”.
• Turn on/off the A/C for about 10 minutes monthly.
• Turn on/off the heating system for about 10 minutes monthly.
1 11 11
1-1
5.4.7 Post-maintenance Roller–Check 1- 1-
02 4-0 024-0 024-0
d 2maintenance, check the machine.
After
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do do do
u gui runs:
g Check the following items when the machine gui
• Ensure the engine or the hydraulic system has no abnormal noise.

1 1 11
• Check all systems 0 1-1 for leakage after maintenance. -01-1 1-
4 -
024 after maintenance. 4-0
• Checkd 2all02systems for looseness or abnormal movements
2 2 02
_ _d _d
ido if all systems are overheating afteruimaintenance.
•uCheck
g
do
g gui
do
Check the following items when the machine stops:
• Ensure all maintenance items and their procedures in certain period are performed.
• Ensure all caps or plugs are installed and tightened in right positions.
• Ensure all locks are locked safely.
• Ensure no tools, replaced parts, nuts, bolts left on or in the machine.
• If any hydraulic elements are replaced, exhaust the system. Ensure there is no leakage in the
system and no distortion of pipelines.
• 1
Record the maintenance 1 position. Fill the hydraulic oil tank
notes and put it back to the original
11
-1 1- 1 1-
-01“Max”.
up to the mark
4 4-0 4-0
02 02 02
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
ido Regular Technical Maintenance Intervals
5.4.8
gu ido gu gui
do
Before the next maintenance interval, finish all maintenance items for the current maintenance
interval.
Table 5–11 Regular Technical Maintenance
Working
Maintenance Items Link
Hours
Install/check battery “Battery–Maintain” on page 5-58
11 fuse
1-
Replace -11 on page 5-60
“Fuse-Replace”
1 1-11
02 4-0 4-0 4-0
2 202
“Compressor V-belt– Check/Replace” on page
202
_d d d
Replace compressor V-belt
_ 5-56 _
do do do
gui Fill washing fluid
g u i g u i
“Windshield Washer Fluid–Check/Fill” on page
When require 5-66
Maintain electric box “Electric Box-Maintain” on page 5-59
“Long-time Storage–Maintain” on page 5-19
Maintain long-time storage.
and “Engine–Store” on page 5-18
Check the machine after “Post-maintenance Roller– Check” on page 5-
maintenance 19
Check/clean air filter “Air Filter–Clean/Replace” on page 5-23
0 1 -11
Check engine air
-11Intake Pipeline–Check” on page 5- 01-11
intake “Engine Air
0 1
02 4- pipeline 42 4- 4-
Every d 2
day d 202 02
d 2 5-
o_ _ “Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change” on _
page
d Check engine oil level
do do
gui gui 28
gui
Check engine coolant level “Engine Coolant-Check/Change” on page 5-38
Check engine belt “Engine Belt–Check/Replace” on page 5-40

1-11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0
Table 5–11 Regular Technical0Maintenance
4-0
(continue)
4-
202
dWorking d2
02 2 02
o_ Maintenance Itemso_ _d
d d Link
do
gui Hours
gui gui
Check A/C system “A/C-Check/Maintain” on page 5-53
“Hydraulic Oil-Check/Refill/Change” on page
Check hydraulic oil level
5-48
Check fuel level “Fuel-Check/Refill/Replace” on page 5-42
Check electric box “Electric Box-Maintain” on page 5-59
Check crankcase vent line “Crankcase Vent Line–Check” on page 5-47
Check oil tank and pipes “Oil tank and Pipes–Check” on page 5-68
1-11Check damper -11

“Damper-Check/Replace”
1 on page 5-66
1- 11
024-0 4-0
02 “Inspection before Starting” on page 4-3 4-0
2 Check tires and rims
2 202
_d _d _ d
do do “Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change” do on page 5-
gui Change engine oil
gui 28 g u i
“Lubricant for Rear Axle-Replace” on page 5-
Change rear axle lubricant
65
“Lubricant for Transfer Case-Replace” on
Change transfer case lubricant
page 5-66
50 working Change reducer lubricant “Lubricant for Reducer-Replace” on page 5-64
hours(initial)
Change drum vibration bearing “Lubricant for Drum Vibration Bearing-
lubricant Replace” on page 5-63
1-11Check tension of engine belt 1 - 11 Belt–Check/Replace” on page 5-40

“Engine
1 -11
024-0 - 0
Check tension of compressor 24“Compressor
0
-
V-belt– Check/Replace” on24page
0
0
2 2 2
_d V-belt _d 5-56 o_
d
do d o d
gui gu i
Check and clean radiator i
gu 5-37
“Radiator–Check/Clean” on page
“Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change” on page 5-
Change engine oil
28
“Lubricant for Transfer Case-Replace” on
Change transfer case lubricant
page 5-66
Change reducer lubricant “Lubricant for Reducer-Replace” on page 5-64
Every 250
Change drum vibration bearing “Lubricant for Drum Vibration Bearing-
working
lubricant Replace” on page 5-63
hours
11element
Replace engine oil filter “Engine1 Oil Filter Element– Replace” on page 1
- 1 1
0
4-
1 - 01-
5-31
- 01-
02 024“Fuel Filter–Replace” on page 5-46 2024
d2 Replace fuel filter
d 2 d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gu i
Replace oil water separator
“Oil Water
on page 5-32
Separator–
gu i
Check/Drain/Replace”

1- 11 11 11
4-0 01-
Table 5–11 Regular Technical Maintenance
4-
(continue)
4-0
1-
d 202 d2
02 202
Working
o_ o_ _d
uid Hours
Maintenance Items
d Link
do
g gui gui
Check engine belt, replace it if
“Engine Belt–Check/Replace” on page 5-40
necessary
Check compressor V-belt, re- “Compressor V-belt– Check/Replace” on page
place it if necessary replace it 5-56
Check and clean radiator “Radiator–Check/Clean” on page 5-37
“Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change” on page 5-
Change engine oil
28
Replace air filter element “Air Filter–Clean/Replace” on page 5-23
1 11 11
1-1 01- for Rear Axle-Replace” on page 5-4-01-
4-0 Change rear axle lubricant -
“Lubricant
02 4
2 202
65 202
_d _d “Lubricant for Reducer-Replace” on page d
o_ 5-64
do do d
gui gui i
Change reducer lubricant
gu
Replace engine oil filter “Engine Oil Filter Element– Replace” on page
element 5-31
Replace fuel filter “Fuel Filter–Replace” on page 5-46
“Oil Water Separator– Check/Drain/Replace”
Every 500 Replace oil water separator on page 5-32
working
Check central articulation “Grease for Central Articulation Frame-Fill” on
hours
frame and change lubricant page 5-62
Check propel bearing and
-11 lubricant
“Grease for1Propel Bearing-Fill” on page 5-61
change
1-1 1-11
4 -01 4-0 4-0
02 Check engine belt, replace it if
202 Belt–Check/Replace” on page 5-40
202
d2 d “Engine d
d o_ necessary o_ id o_ id
gui Check compressor V-belt, gu re- “Compressor V-belt– Check/Replace”
gu on page
Check damper, replace it if
“Damper-Check/Replace” on page 5-66
necessary
Repeat the steps in 250 work-
/
ing hours.
Check central articulation “Grease for Central Articulation Frame-Fill” on
750 working -11 frame and change lubricant page 5-6211
- -11
0 1
- Check propel bearing and - 0 1 - 0 1
024 change lubricant 024 for Propel Bearing-Fill” on page 5-61
024
hours
d 2 d 2
“Grease
d 2
d o_ do
_
do
_
gui gui it if “Engine Belt–Check/Replace” ongpage
Check engine belt, replace ui
5-40
necessary

1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0
Table 5–11 Regular Technical0Maintenance
4-0
(continue)
4-
202
dWorking d2
02 2 02
o_ Maintenance Itemso_ _d
d d Link
do
gui Hours
gui gui
Check compressor V-belt, re- “Compressor V-belt– Check/Replace” on page
Check damper, replace it if
“Damper-Check/Replace” on page 5-66
necessary
Repeat the steps in 750 work-
/
ing hours.
Replace air filter element “Air Filter–Clean/Replace” on page 5-23
1 -11 -11
1-1 01 1
02 4-0 4 -
“Lubricant for Rear Axle-Replace” on page
4 - 05-
202 65 202
Change rear axle lubricant
_d2 _d _d
u i do1000 working Change hydraulic oilgui
do uid
o on page
“Hydraulic Oil-Check/Refill/Change”
g 5-48 g
hours
Change hydraulic oil filter “Hydraulic Oil Filter–Replace” on page 5-51
Replace coolant “Engine Coolant-Check/Change” on page 5-38
Check A/C system, clean or re-
“A/C-Check/Maintain” on page 5-53
place it if necessary
Replace fuel “Fuel-Check/Refill/Replace” on page 5-42
Every year
-1 1Replace coolant “Engine1 Coolant-Check/Change” on page 5-38
1 11
-01 1- 1-
02 4 4-0 4-0
d2 d 202 2 02
o_ Maintenance for the Power _ _d
i d5.5 i doSystem do
g u g u gui
5.5.1 Air Filter–Clean/Replace
Air filter–clean
NOTICE
Dust is drawn into the engine. And this could badly shorten the service life of the engine.
Never start the engine after the air filter is removed.
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1- 11
0
-
1. Open the24covering parts.
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
Fig 5-2
2. Remove the end cover of the air filter.

1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-3
NOTICE
-11
Risk of machine1damage!
0 0 1 -11 1- 11
-
024 element with gasoline or hot
Clean the filter
024
-
02 4-0
2
d cause damage to the air filter. d 2 2
liquid_could
o clean the filter element with gasoline o_ _d
i d i d do
gu
Never
gu gui
or hot liquid. After cleaning, check the filter
element for damage with a pocket lamp. Re-
place the filter element if its paper dusting
Fig 5-4
ball or seal lip is damaged.
Clean the end cover and the dust evacuator.
Air filter–replace
-11
NOTICE -11 -11
0 1 0 1 0 1
Risk of engine
2 0 24- damage! 2 0 24- 2 0 24-
Cleaning
_ d 3 times or blackening of the main filter_element
d d
turns black could be harmful to engine.
i d o
Replace i d
the main filter element with a new one. o i d o_
gu gu gu

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

When the
2 0 24-engine is in operation, if the air filter2warning
0 24- lamp flashes, you should maintain2 0 4- air
2the
d
filter. d d
gu Take the following steps to maintain the gu air filter. gu
1. Open the covering parts.
2. Take off the cover of the air filter.
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-5
3. Clean the end cover and the dust valve.
1- 11 1 -11 1- 11
024-0 02
0
- 5-6
4Fig 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d4. d do
gui gui ele-
Carefully pull the dirty air filter main
gui
ment out of the air filter housing, then discard
the dirty air filter main element properly. Pull
the main filter element out of the housing
carefully to avoid contact between the filter el-
ements and the housing.
1- 11 11 11
4-0 4- 01-5-7
Fig
4-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1- 11
NOTE：
024-0 0 24-0 02 4-0
The main
_ d 2 filter is installed on the air intake _d 2 _d
2
o ido do
uidfor sealing the interior filter cover. Take
port
gthe g uoff gui
element with care to reduce released dust.
If the air filter element is dirty or looks abnor-
mal, it is at the end of its service life. Replace
the element with a new one. If the air filter
main element shows no signs of excess dirt
accumulation or if no abnormalities are found,
leave air filter main element in place. The
safety element will be replaced with the main
element together.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

2 - 2 - 24-
5. Check the4used main filter element. The main filter4element used can display foreign particles
2 0 2 0 2 0
d leakage on the sealing surface. The
causing
_ _ dlinear dust on the air side of the filter may
_ d leak.
o
dClear the items before fixing a new filter.uid o d o
gui g gui
NOTICE
Clean the filter element by knocking and tapping could cause damage to filter paper.
Clean the filter element by dry compressed air (pressure less than 0.5 MPa) when the air filter
alarm sounds.
6. Use dry compressed air (pressure less

than 0.5 MPa) to blow along the inside of the
11 filter element, and then
pleats toward the -main
1 1 -11 1- 11
0 0 4-0
2 0 24-
direct the compressed air along the outside of
2 0 24- 2 02
_d to blow from interior to exterior. Theo_d
the pleats
o _d
uid filter element is not allowed togube id do
gsafety gui
cleaned.
Fig 5-8
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
4-
7. It's 2advised
0
to change the main filter ele- 24-
0 02 4-0
2
d if it has been cleaned for three times. d2 2
ment
_ _ _d
do do do
gui Meanwhile the safety filter element should
gui be gui
changed as well.
Fig 5-9
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

2 -
main filter element is damaged, the main4-filter element and safety element must 4be
2 -
8. If the 4 re-
2 0 2 0 2 2 0
_d _d d
placed regardless the cleaning times is three or not.
i d o i d o i d o_
gu 9. Reinstall the air filter. gu gu
NOTICE
Never install a damaged filter element, otherwise it could lead to engine fault and shorten service
life of the engine.
Inspect the filter carefully and install a filter element in good shape.
1) Insert the filter element. See in right figure. Check the filter element, especially inside face of
1 due to transportation, clean and improper 1 hold. 11
1-1
opening for damage 1-1 1-
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 the front housing cover and tightend 202
2) Install
d 2 02
_ _ _d
i do the mounting clamps. The dust evacuator
i do is do
g u vertically downwards. g u gui
1-11 1 -11 1- 11
02 4-0 02
0
- 5-10
4Fig 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dNOTE： do do
gui gui gui
In harsh environment with high intensity of dust , shorten the maintenance and change interval.

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

2 0 24- to inform SANY service personnel
It is recommended
2 0 4- maintaining air filter. Customer is respon-
2of 2 0 24-
sible fordany consequences caused by his own wrong
o _ o _d maintenance for air filter. o_
d
i d i d i d
gu gu gu
5.5.2 Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change
Engine oil-check/refill
CAUTION
Do not draining the engine oil when the engine has just been shut down and the engine oil is still
hot. Otherwise, you could be burned by the hot engine oil.
Draining the engine oil after the oil gets cold.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202
Take the following 20:2
steps to check the engine oil level 2 02
_d _d _d
do ido do
g1.ui Take out oil dipstick (1) and wipe the oil
guoff gui
the dipstick with clean cloth.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 4-0
02 5-11
Fig 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 1. Oil dipstick gui
2. Insert the oil dipstick (1) to bottom and
then pull it out. The oil level should be in the
diagonal range on the oil dipstick (1) .
FULL
Fig 5-12
1-11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
24- should be between the diagonal 2024-
3. Oil level
0 02 4-0
2 2
_d on dipstick. Add appointed engineo_oild
range
o _d
d d do
gui through filler (2) if oil level is lower than
guithe di- gui
agonal range.
1- 11 11
Fig 5-13
1- 1- 11
024-0 4-0
02 2. Filler 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d o_d _d
d4. id , do
gui If oil level is above the diagonalgu range gui
open the plug at the engine oil outlet (1) to
drain extra engine oil. Check oil level again.
1- 11 11
Fig -5-14
1 1- 11
024-0 4-0
02 1. Engine oil outlet 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Engine Oil-change gui gui
CAUTION
The hot engine oil could lead to scald if it contacts with skin.
Avoid the engine oil contacting your skin.
NOTICE
1
-1damage! -11 -11
Risk of engine
- 0 1 - 0 1 - 0 1
024 is turned on while the oil is being drained,
If the engine
2 2 024 the engine could suffer serious damage.
2 024
d start the engine when draining the engine d oil. d
o_ o_ o_
Never
i d i d i d
gu gu gu

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

1. Place the
024
-
machine on even ground.
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Fig 5-15
2. Start the engine and warm up for a while.

Then switch the ignition switch to the "o" posi-
tion to stop the engine.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 P
O I II
III
02 4-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-16
3. Put the oil receiving vessel below the tail

end of the oil drain pipe at the right side of the
complete machine.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 1
gui
Fig 5-17
1. Engine oil outlet
4. Unscrew the plug at the engine oil outlet (1).
5. Discharge the engine oil .
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
6. Screw
0 24-the plug back. Then fill the ap- 2
0 4-0 02 4-0
2 d2 2
o _d (see “Filling Capacities”
pointed on page 5-
o_ _d
uid14) engine oil through filler (2). d do
g gui gui
1-11 11
Fig 5-18
1- 1- 11
02 4-0 4-0
02 2. Filler 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
gui
d7. Start the engine and check the pluggu idleakage.
for ido again.
guplug
If leakage appears, screw the
8. Shut down the engine. Wait until the engine cools down, then check the engine oil level.
5.5.3 Engine Oil Filter Element–Replace
CAUTION
Maintain the equipment when the engine oil is still hot could cause burn.
Wait until the engine cools down before maintenance and use protective equipment to protect
1 11 11
your skin. 01-1 01- 01-
02 4- 02 4- 02 4-
d2 d2 d2
d o_ _
doNOTICE d o_
gui g u i gui
Engine oil flowing out from the pipe line could cause engine lack of lubricating and machine
damage.
Never start the engine when the engine oil filter element is removed.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

1. Thoroughly
024
- clean the outside of the filter.
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
1- 11 1-1
Fig 5-19 1
1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202 d 202 2 02
_a proper tool (belt spanner)to clamp theofilter
_ element. _d
do do
2. Use
i i d
u
g3. Remove the filter element. g u gui
4. Clean the sealing on the filter carrier from any dirt.
5. Slightly oil the rubber seal on the new filter.
6. Screw up the new filter element by hand

until the seal contacts.
1- 11 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-20
7. Tighten the filter element for another half turn.
8. Check the filter element for leak.
-11 -11 1-11

-01Separator–Check/Drain/Replace -01
5.5.4 Oil Water
4 4 4-0
02 02 02
d2
_ water separator–check/drain d2 _d
2
The o
oil
d d o_ do
gui gui gui

1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 d2
WARNING 2
_d o_ _d
doRisk of death or personal injury! d uid
o
gui gui g
Fire could be caught when working on the fuel system with open fire, which could result in death
or personal injury.
When working on the fuel system, do not use open fire, smoke or spill any fuel.
Take the following steps to check the oil water separator.
1. Open the covering part (6).
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
6
2 02 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-21
6. Covering part
2. Through the transparent cover (8) on the

oil water separator (7) you can observe water
level and volume of sediment. In case of water
or sediment built up at bottom, place a vessel
11 separator (7) to receive
under the oil1-water 1- 11 1- 11
- 0 4-0 4-0
2 024
drainage.
202 7 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
8
9
Fig 5-22
7. Oil water separator 9. Drain valve

8. Transparent cover
3. Open drain valve (9) to discharge water.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- is seen coming out of the drain hoses,
4. When 4fuel -close the drain valves immediately. 24-
2 02 2 024 0
_ d _ d 2pipeline.
dfor looseness to avoid the air going into_the
do do do
Besides, check the hoses and pipe connector
gui gui gui
The oil water separator–replace

1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 d2
WARNING 2
o _d o _ o _d
uid of death or personal injury!
Risk
gOpen g uid g uid
fire and smoke could cause fire when working on the fuel system, which could result in
death or personal injury.
When working on the fuel system, do not use open fire, smoke or spill any fuel.
NOTICE
Insufficient fuel could cause the engine to work inefficiently or even shut down, which could short-
en the service life of the engine.
The engine must be 11shut down before changing the oil water11separator.
1- 1- 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2
d following d2 2
Take the
_ steps to change the oil water separator.
_ _d
i do i do do
u u
g1. Put a container under the filter and disas-
g gui
semble the filter with a special spanner.
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 5-23
gui
2. Clean the sealing on the filter carrier from any dirt.
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
3. Unscrew
0 24- the water separator from the filter 2024- 02 4-0
d 2 d 2
cartridge.
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d d Fig 5-24
do
gui gui gui
4. Apply a thin coat of oil to the rubber seal of
the water separator.
1-11 11
Fig -5-25
1 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
202 202 202
5._dScrew the water separator on by hand, un- d _d
i d o i d o_ do
gu til the seal contacts. gu gui
Fig 5-26
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1-11
6. Tighten 2the
0 4- water separator for another
024-0 024-0
d 2 2 2
half turn.
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
Fig 5-27
7. Fill the filter cartridge with clean fuel.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-28
8. Apply some oil to the rubber seal of the fil-

ter element and screw it on by hand, until the
seal contacts.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
9. Tighten the filter element for another half

turn.
1-11 11 11
4-0 - 01-
Fig 45-30 4-0
1-
202 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
24- the air that possibly mixed in the 2024-
10. Release
0 02 4-0
2
fueldpipeline by pressing the manual pump (1) d 2
o_and down before starting the engine.ido_ 2do
_d
i d
gu up
gu gui
Take the following steps to exhaust. 1
1) Unscrew the screw (2) on the filter.
2) Operate the manual pump (1) until the fuel

runs out from the screw (2) without any
bubble.
3) Tighten the screw (2). Fig 5-31

1-11 1 -11 1- 11
02 4-0 02
0
41.- Manual pump 2. Screw
02 4-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ Check the filter element for leaks afterdoa_short-time test run.
11. do
gui gui gui
5.5.5 Radiator–Check/Clean
CAUTION
Hot engine and radiator could cause burn.
Perform cleaning work only after the engine and radiator have cooled down and with the engine
stopped.
11
- steps to clean the radiator under different 11
- block conditions : 1- 11
-01
Take the following -01 4-0
2 024 02 4 02
1._ dThe radiator d2
core is blocked, and the _air _d
2
do ido do
gui flow is relatively uniform (under ratedguspeed) gui
with sundries loosely adhere to the surface:
1) Clean the sundries on the surface.
2) Clean the air inlet and outlet sides with

compressed air until no sundries are blown
out and the outlet air is uniform before use.
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 4-0
02 Fig 5-32 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido ido
gui g u g u
2. The radiator core is blocked, and the air flow is small or no air flow (under rated speed) with sun-
dries firmly adhere to the surface :

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

1) Empty the24
0
-
engine coolant.
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the radiator form the machine. ido_ _d
i d do
gui
2) Remove
gu gu
3) Clean the radiator core with compressed air or water gun.
4) Reassemble the radiator.
When cleaning the radiator core (fins), the pressure of the compressed air should be not more than
0.2 MPa, the distance between the air outlet face and the radiator core should be not less than 50
mm, the pressure of the high pressure water should be not more than 0.27 MPa, and the distance
between the high pressure water outlet face and the radiator core should be not less than 100 mm.
During the cleaning process, do not spray water directly to the generator, cables and electrical
11 1-1
1 11
01- start the engine after the moisture is0evaporated.
parts. After cleaning,
4- 4- 01- 4-
02 02 02
_ d2 d2 d2
ido Engine Coolant-Check/Change
5.5.6 d o_ d o_
gu gui gui
Liquid level of engine coolant-check
CAUTION
People could easily be burned by the hot coolant spilling from radiator.
Change the coolant only after the engine cools down.
Take the following steps to check engine cool- 4

ant level. -111 1-1
1
1-11
24-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
20 cover of the radiator(4) when en-
5
1. Open the
_d d2 _d
2
o o_ do
uid is in cool condition.
gine
g gui
d
gui
2. The level of the coolant is 15 millimeters be-
low the inner top surface of the radiator.
6
3. When coolant in radiator is not enough, ill it
with the appointed coolant (see “Filling Fig 5-33
Capacities” on page 5-14) to the required
4. Cover of the radiator 6. Water outlet port
level.
5. Water intake port
11 of the water intake port

4. Check the sealing 11 11
4 - 01- port (6). 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
202 02 02
(5) and water outlet
d 2 2
_ _d _d
i docoolant-change do do
gui gui
The
g u
Take the following steps to change the coolant:

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
24- the cover after the coolant cools 2024-
1. Unscrew
0 024-0
2 2
_d lower than 50 ℃
down
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Fig 5-34
-11
2. Place -a01vessel (volume should be more 01 -11 1- 11
4
02 under the coolant outlet. Remove 202 4 -
024-0
than 233L) 2
d d _d
o_ plug on the left side of the rear frame.ido_
idthe do
gu gu gui
Fig 5-35
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
-
024 the plug back. Then fill the new 2024
3. Screw -
024-0
2
d (See “Filling Capacities” on page _5-d 2
o_
coolant _d
i d do do
gu 14) through the inlet. gui gui
Fig 5-36
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- - -
4. Screw
2 024the cover back. 2 024 2 024
d d d
i d o_Wait until the engine cools down, thenidcheck
5. o_ the coolant level. If the coolant level
i d o_is lower than
gu the specified height, add it again. g
u gu

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

5.5.7 Engine
024
-Belt–Check/Replace
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu WARNING gu gui
Work on the engine belt during it’s operation
could cause personal injury.
Work on the engine belt only when the en-
gine shut down.
2
Check the condition of the engine belt (2). If

excessive wear happens, replace the engine
belt at once. 1 -1
Fig 5-37
11 11
-01 1- 1-
024 4-0
2.02Engine belt 02 4-0
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
o ido for the work. do
uid check the tension of the belt, use theugauge
When
g g gui
1. Put the indicator arm (3) into the gauge. 3
Fig 5-38
3. Indicator arm
2. Place the gauge on the middle belt between pulleys. Stick the flange at the gauge bottom onto
1 1 11
the belt. 1-1 1-1 1-
02 4-0 0 24-0 02 4-0
3. Press
_ d 2the black measuring unit (4) slowly _d 2 _d
2
o
atuiadcorrect angle until the spring is locked.uido do
g g gui
NOTE： 4
The indicator arm (3) remains in the meas- Fig 5-39
ured position.
4. Measuring unit
4. Remove the gauge carefully, and never change the position of the indicator arm.
5. Read the value on the black indicator arm.
1- 11 1-11 L BS
1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
50
02 02 02
1 00
d2 d2 2
150
o_ o_ _d
d d do

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
- tension the belt and take another measurement.
6. If necessary,
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the following steps to tension the engine
o_ belt: _d
i d i d do
gui
Take
gu gu
1. Unscrew the bolt (5).
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0
Fig 5-41 02 4-0
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui 5. Bolt
gui
2. Operate the tensioner to proper position.
3. Screw the bolt (5) tightly.
Take the following steps to replace the excessively worn belt:
1. Unscrew the bolt (5).
2. Operate the tensioner to disassemble the belt.
1 belt and tension it to proper position.11

3. Replace the1new 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0
02 the bolt (5).
4. Screw 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

5.5.8 Engine
024
-Air Intake Pipeline–Check
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the T clamps (1) for looseness. iIn o_ _d
1. idCheck d do
u
gcase of loose clamp, tighten it. gu gui
1
2
1 1 11
1-1 1-1 1-
02 4-0 4-0
02 5-42 024-0
2 2
Fig 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 1. T clamp guihose
2. Rubber
2. Check the rubber hose (2) for damage or leakage. If any, replace them.
5.5.9 Fuel-Check/Refill/Replace
Fuel-check/refill
If fuel level indicator flashes yellow, it means

the fuel is going to use up. You have to fill the
fuel tank (7) with the1appropriate fuel.
1-1 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-43
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
0
- is welded on the left side of the 24-
The fuel24tank
0 02 4-0
2 d2
reard frame. Take the following steps to fill the 2
_ _ _d
do do do
gui fuel tank. gui gui
Fig 5-44
7. Fuel tank
1 11 11
1-1
1. Select a well-ventilated place. 1- 1-
0 24-0 024-0 02 4-0
d 2 the dust around the filler.
2. Clean
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do ido fill do
u guand
g 3. Open the lock cover (1) of fuel tank, 1 gui
the fuel tank with appointed fuel through the 2
gas pipe (2).
1-11 1 -11 1- 11
02 4-0 02
0
- 5-45
4Fig 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do 1. Lock cover 2. Gas d o
pipe
gui gui gui
4. While the fuel level pointer leaves the "E"
area, the fuel level alarm indicator icon goes
out. When the fuel level pointer gets the point
that you want, stop filling.
E % F
Fig 5-46
1 11 11
1-1 1- 1-
02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

5. Install the
024
- cover (1) of fuel tank.
lock
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 1 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Fig 5-47
1. Lock cover
Fuel-change 1-11 1- 11 1-11

02 4-0 4-0 4-0
2 202 202
o _d _
WARNING d _d
uid of death or personal injury! i do do
gRisk g u gui
Open fire and smoke could cause fire during working on the fuel system, which could result in
death or personal injury
When working on the fuel system do not use open fire, smoke and spill any fuel.
NOTICE
Insufficient fuel could cause the engine to work inefficiently or even shut down. This could shorten
the service life of the
1 11 engine.
-be 1 -11 1 -11
The engine must-
4 0 shut down before changing the -
fuel.04 - 04
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
o_ o_ o_
uidfollowing steps show how to change the
gThe
d
gui fuel : gui
d
1. Blow the outside of tank with compressed
air to remove the dust.
NOTE：
The purity of the fuel should be guaranteed.
Otherwise the impurity such as dust will make
the oil water separator to invalidate more
easily and bring big resistance of fuel suction.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 4-0
02 5-48 02 4-0
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
2. Place
0 24a- container under the drain port of 2024- 024-0
2
thedfuel tank. Unscrew the bolts (3) and re- d 2
o_ the cover plate (4) at bottom of tank o_to _d
i d i d do
gu move
gu gui
drain the dirty oil.
Fig 5-49
1- 11 1-11 1- 11
4-0 -0Bolts 4-0
3. 4. Cover plate
2 02 2 024 2 02
3._dUnscrew the bolts (5) and open the cover d _d
i d o i d o_ 5
d6o
gu plate (6) of the tank. Blow out the oil and
gu grain gui
materials left in the fuel tank, especially the
blind corner with compressed air.
Fig 5-50
1-11 1 -11 1- 11
02 4-0 02
0
45.- Bolts 6. Cover plate 4-0
d2 d2 d 202
i o_Refill an appropriate amount of clean idiesel
d4.
_
do oil (or kerosene) into the fuel tank.uiUse
_
do a new brush
g u g
to clean the tank up and down. When u g oil and continue
the oil gets dirty, change it with new
cleaning till no dirt and sediment are found on the wall and bottom of tank.
5. Install the bottom cover plate (4) and screw the bolts (3) tightly.
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

6. Open the
0
- cover (7) and refill the tank
24lock 0 24- 02 4-0
2 2 7 2
_d
with appointed
o
fuel (see “Filling Capacities” d
_ _d
i dpage 5-14) through the filter. i do do
on
g u g u gui
Fig 5-51
1-11 -11
7. Lock cover
1 1-11
02 4-0 2 4-0 4-0
7. Before2starting
d d 20pump
the engine, operate the manual oil 202the
on oil-water separator to discharge
d
d o_in the fuel pipeline.
air o_ d o_ d
gui gui gui
5.5.10 Fuel Filter–Replace
WARNING
Risk of death or personal injury!
Open fire and smoke could cause fire when working on the fuel system, which could result in
death or personal injury.
When working on the fuel system do not use open fire, smoke or spill any fuel.
1-11 1 -11 1 -11

4-0
02
NOTICE
024
- 0
024
- 0
d 2 d 2 d 2
Risk of
i d o_ machine damage! i d o_ i d o_
u
gInsufficient u inefficiently or even shut down. Thisgucould shorten
fuel could cause the engine togwork
the service life of the engine.
The engine must be shut down before changing the duplex fuel filter.
Take the following steps to change the fuel filter:
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1- 11
1. Remove
0 24- the filter element with a special
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
spanner.
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
1- 11 11
Fig1-5-52 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202 d 202 202
2._Put a container below the filter element o to_drain the diesel. _d
i do i d do
u u
g 3. Oil the rubber seal on the new filtergslightly. gui
4. Fill the new diesel in the new filter.
5. Screw up the new filter element by hand until the seal contacts.
6. Tighten the filter element for another half turn.
7. Release the air that possibly mixed in the fuel pipeline by pressing the manual pump up and
down before starting the engine.
-11 element for leaks after a short test run.-11

8. Check the filter
1 1 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d Crankcase Vent Line–Check
5.5.11 _d _d
do uid
o do
gui g
Check the crankcase vent line for leakage or
gui
blockage. If any, do troubleshooting.
NOTE：
If any leakage or blockage in the crankcase
vent line occurs, contact your SANY distribu-
tor. It is forbidden to perform any maintenance
on the engine by yourself. In reference to any
key parts of the engine and the engine faults,
1 SANY distributor. Other-
-1your 11 11
1- 1-
please consult
0 1
wise SANY
02 4- bears no liability 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do

1
-1 for the Hydraulic System01-1 1 11
-01
5.6 Maintenance 1-
024
-
024 02 4-0
d 2 Oil-Check/Refill/Change _d
2 2
5.6.1 _Hydraulic
o _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of personal injury!!
If the engine has been just shut down when you working on components and hydraulic oil, which
could badly burn your skin.
• Wait for components to cool down before working on them.
• When removing the lube filter for oil filling, turn it slowly to release internal pressure before re-
moving it.
1-11 1 -11 1-11

02 4-0 NOTICE
024
- 0
02 4-0
2
dmachine damage! d 2 2
o_ could cause great damage to the hydraulic
Risk of
o_ element. _d
i d i d do
gu
Impurity
gu gui
Change the hydraulic oil under the working temperature.
NOTE：
Except for the regular hydraulic oil change, replacement should be made as well after overhaul.
Otherwise the hydraulic elements will be worn more easily.
Hydraulic oil-check/refill
Take the following steps to check hydraulic oil level :
01-11 1-11 1-11

2 4 -
1. Stop the machine on a flat ground and
024-0 02 4-0
straighten20the wheels. 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-54
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
24- brake and turn the key to posi- 2024-
2. Do service
0 024-0
2
tiondO. d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
O I II
P III
Fig 5-55
11 -11 11
3. The hydraulic oil tank is welded on the rear
1 -
frame. The-0level gauge (11) is mounted on the 0 1 1-
4-0
11
-
2 024oil tank to show the level in the tank. 2024
hydraulic 2 02
d _d _d
i d o_
Normally, the level is between 2/3 ~ 3/4id ofothe do
gu level gauge(11). gu gui
Fig 5-56
11. Level gauge
When the level is

1 - 11 lower than the 2/3 of the lev- 1 -11 1
1- 11
4- 0
el gauge (11) , take the following steps to fill
4- 0 4-0
202 tank.
the hydraulic 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui 1. Clean around the hydraulic oil tank.gu gui
2. Remove the filter cap (1).
3. Fill the tank with the appointed hydraulic oil.
4. When the level is between 2/3 ~ 3/4 of the

level gauge (11) , stop filling. 2
Fig 5-57
5. Clean and install the filler cap (1) of hydraul-
ic oil tank.
1-11 -11cap
1. Filler
1 2. Oil outlet port
1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
2 2 level is higher than the 3/4 of thed 202
When 0the
d 2 02
_ gauge (11) , take the following stepso_to _d
do do
level
i d
u
g drain the extra hydraulic oil. gui gui
1. Clean around the hydraulic oil tank.

- 11 1- 11 1-11
01under
2. Place a vessel
- the oil outlet port (2).
4-0 4-0
2 024 202 the extra hydraulic oil. 2 02
3. Remove_ d the cover at the oil outlet port (2) to _ d
release _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
4. When the level is between 2/3 ~ 3/4 of the level gauge (11), stop draining.
5. Clean and install the cover at the oil outlet port (2).
NOTE：
The hydraulic oil level will be different before and after the start of the engine. Inspect the hydraulic
oil level before formal construction and add oil again if necessary ( the oil level should be between
2/3 ~ 3/4 of the level gauge(11)).
NOTE：
- 11 - 11 1-11
-01 temperature will also cause the changes
Changes in ambient
4 -01 in hydraulic oil level.
4 4-0
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ oil-change
Hydraulic
d d o_ do
gui gui gui
NOTICE
Start the engine when draining the hydraulic oil could cause damage to the whole hydraulic
system.
Never start the engine when draining the hydraulic oil.
Changing procedures:
1. Start the engine till the hydraulic oil warms up. Then stop the engine.
-11 1- 11 1-11
-01the hydraulic oil tank and oil filler.
2. Clean around
4 4-0 4-0
02 202 02
d2 the filler cap (1) of the hydraulic _d _d
2
i d o_
3. Remove
do 1
do
gui
goilu tank. Remove the cover (3) at the bottom gui
2
of the oil tank and collect the oil with a
container.
3
1 1 11
1-1 1-1
Fig 5-58 1-
02 4-0 4-0
2 024-0
2 21.0Filler 2
_d _ d cap 3. Cover
_d
do do do
gui gui 2. Air filter screen gui
4. Replace the air filter screen(2). Wash the air filter screen (2) with solvent and dry it in the air.

0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
- fit the cover (3).
5. Clean24and
0 02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_Fit the air filter screen (2). _d _d
i d6. do do
gu gui gui
7. Refill new oil to 2/3 ~ 3/4 of the level gauge
(see “Filling Capacities” on page 5-14) into
the hydraulic oil tank.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 5-59
gui
8. Check the filler cap (1) and replace it if necessary.
9. Install the filler cap (1) of the hydraulic oil tank.
10. Start the engine and run the engine for 5 minutes.
11. The oil level should be between 2/3 ~ 3/4 of the level gauge. If necessary, fill hydraulic oil
through the filler.
- 11 1-11 1- 11
-01 the engine.
12. Shut down
4 4-0 4-0
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Hydraulic Oil Filter–Replace
5.6.2 do do
gui gui gui
Replace the hydraulic oil filter element every time when you change the hydraulic oil. Otherwise
the hydraulic oil may be contaminated by the impurity on the old hydraulic oil filter.
Steps of changing the element of high-pressure filter.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
1. Disassemble - the element
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the hexagon bolt (1) at the bottom o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
1) Loosen
guof filter (2) by with a special spannergand
u
then remove it.
2) Pull out the element by hand.
3) Drain off the rest of the hydraulic oil and 1

clean the filter housing and cover.
1-11 Fig 5-60-11

1 1-11
02 4-0 24-0 02 4-0
2 21.0Hexagon 2
_d d _d
bolt 2. Filter
_
do do do
g2.uiInstall a new element gui gui
1) Insert the new filter element into the filter cover.
2) Screw up the filter housing by S36 spanner, and then loosen it in the opposite direction for 1/4
circle.
NOTE：
Keep the oil fillers and elements clean in the process of replacement. The old element should be
discarded and can't be reused after cleaning.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
Steps of changing- the element of oil suction filter. 24-
0 02 4-0
d 2 d2 2
_ _ _d
do do do
1. Disassemble the element
gui gui gui
1
2
1) Open the tank cover. Loosen the hexagonal
3
nut at the bottom of filter by a special span-
4
ner and then remove it.
2) Pull out the filter element when you hold nut

(1). Fig 5-61
3) Remove the screw rod by loosening nut (2) 1. Nut 3. Screw rod
and nut (4).
-1 1 2. Nut
-11 4. Nut
11
-01 -01 1-
24 element
2. Install a new
0 02 4 02 4-0
_d2 _ d2 _d
2
ido the screw rod on the new filter element.
1) Insert
gu ido
gu gui
do
2) Adjust total height of the filter to 500 mm by adjusting nut (2) and nut (4).

11
- cover.
3) Install the01tank 1- 11 1- 11
02 4- 024-0 02 4-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Maintenance for the A/C ido
d5.7 do
g u gu gui
5.7.1 A/C-Check/Maintain
In order to keep good performance, reliability and prolong the service life of the A/C, pay attention
to the following items when using the A/C.
Instructions for using the A/C
• Maintain the A/C according to the producer's instructions.
• Before turning on the A/C, first you have to

1- 11 1- 11 。
1- 11
start the-0engine.
4-0 4-0
。 C
Wait a few minutes for the 1 C
4
24
0 2
202 to work smoothly, then you can start 202 02

22
2
3
engine
_d _d _d
do the do do
20 28
gui
A/C and choose the proper fan ispeed
and temperature.
gu gui 18 30
• Close the window and doors when using

the A/C. Save the energy. Fig 5-62
• When exchanging the air without opening
the window or doors, you can just turn on
the fan speed control.
Maintaining intervals for the A/C
11
(a) Compressor
1- 1- 11 1- 11
• Check 4-0
02 and maintain it once every two 024-0 02 4-0
_ d 2 generally. Mainly check the inlet/dis-
_ d2 _d
2
do years
do do
gui charge pressure and the fasteners gui for gui
looseness and air leak.
• Disassemble the compressor to check the Fig 5-63
inlet/discharge valve for damage and distor-
tion. If any, repair or replace the relevant
valve.
• Replace the seal ring and shaft seal if
the compressor is disassembled and re-
paired. Otherwise, it may cause leak at the
11 11 11
01- seal.
compressor
4- 4-0
1-
4-0
1-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
do_ do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1-11
024
(b) Condenser -and cooling fan
02 4-0 024-0
d 2 2 2
Thedo_condenser is installed theo _d _d
i behind d do
u
gradiator. gui gui
• Check and maintain them once a year gen-
erally. Clean the condenser plate with com-
pressed air and cold water; rectify and
repair the radiator gill by a pair of flat- nosed Fig 5-64
pliers; carefully check the condenser sur-
face for abnormity; check for refrigerant
leak with a leak detector.
• -11 paint in case of peeling-
Recoat the antirust
01 1- 11 1-11
4 - 4-0 4-0
202 02 02
off to prevent leak due to rusting and
d 2 2
_
perforation. _d _d
ido whether
•guCheck ui
the cooling fan can gnor-
do
gui
do
mally run and whether the electric brush of
fan motor is overly worn
(c) Evaporator
• Generally, check it for leak with a leak detec-

tor once a year.
• Open it to clean the inner and the air duct
once every 2 years to 3 years.
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-65
(d) Liquid storage drier
Refrigerant level checking procedures:
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-66
1) Start the engine.

11 11 11
2) Turn on the
4 - 01-A/C for refrigeration. Turn on the temperature
4 - 01- control switch to check if the air is
4 - 01-
cold. 202 202 202
d d d
gu 3) Check the inspection window of thegdrier/
u collector to see if the white float is atguthe top.
If the white float is at the bottom, inform the
service department.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d Fig 5-67 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
4) Fill the refrigerant. If necessary, check the A/C system for leakage.
5) Check the water indicator inside the inspec-
tion window of the drier/collector.
Blue: normal drier.
Purple: too much water content.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-68
Inform the service department to replace the drier/collector. Check the A/C system.
WARNING
The corrosion or mechanical damage of drier/collector could cause explosion, which could cause
personal injury.
Replace the drier/collector if necessary.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 4-0 4-0
202 202
NOTE：
d 2 d d
To_ensure
i d o i d o_ service department to replace the drier/collector
the performance of the A/C, ask the
i d o_ be-
gu fore yearly operation season. gu gu
(e) Refrigeration pipeline

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- Check them once every year, and2check - its sealing with a leak detector. 24-
2 024
• Pipe connectors:
2 0 4 0
d Check them for collision with other parts;
• Pipes:
_ _ _ d 2 Re-
d check the rubber hoses for aging and crack.
ido the rubber hoses every 3~5 years.guido
guplace gui
do
Table 5–12 Checking intervals for the A/C
Item Maintenance Interval

Check the locking nuts for looseness; check the rub-
ber hoses and connectors for refrigerant leak and oil
Pipeline
stain; check the rubber hoses and pipes for crack, Once/month
connector
aging, embrittlement, damage by compression, and
collapsing.
1-11Check the fin for distortion and make it1-in11order if 1-11

4-0 4 -0 clean it if any. Once/month 4-0
202 20 2 02
any; check the core for blockage and
Condenser 2
_d _ d _d
do Check the fan for damage
uid
oand abnormity. ido
gui
Once/month
g
Clean the air-in/out ducts; check the bottom drain
gu
Evaporator Once/year
pipe for blockage and smoothen it if necessary
Check the pressure switch connector for looseness. Once/quarter
Liquid storage Replace the liquid storage after the A/C has been
Every 1000 h
used for some time
Check the refrigerant volume from the inspection
Refrigerant
window when the A/C runs. There shall be few or no Once/month
volume
air bubble; otherwise, add refrigerant.
1-11Check the fastening bolts for looseness.1 -11 Once/month

1-11
02 4-0 0
4- shaft seal of
Check the fitting surface and the02rotary 24-0
2 2 Once/month20
_d d
o_ and oil stain.
main shaft for refrigerant leak _d
do d do
gui Compressor Check the compressor
i
gubelt for wear and replace it if gui
Once/month
necessary.
Check the belt for tension and tension it if necessary. Once/month
Start and run the A/C for a few minutes in the sea-
Once/month
sons when the A/C is unused.
5.7.2 Compressor V-belt–Check/Replace
0 1 -11 WARNING-11
01 1-11
4 -
02the V-belt during it operation could cause 4 - 4-0
202personal injury. 02
d 2on d 2
Working
_ o_ down. _d
i do on the V-belt only when the engineuidshut do
u gui
Working
g g
V-belt–check

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
1. Inspect
0 24- the entire circumference of the V- 2024- 024-0
2
beltdvisually for damage and cracks. Replace d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu damaged or cracked V-belts.
gu gui
Fig 5-69
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

2 - 24- 24-
2. Press 4the V-belt with thumb to check if the V-belt can be depressed more than 10 mm - 15 mm
2 0 2 0 2 0
_d
between the V-belt pulleys and retighten ifd necessary. d
i d o i d o_ i d o_
gu V-belt–tighten gu gu
1. Slightly slacken fastening screws (6), (7), 7
(8), (9). 6 8
1-11 1- 11 9 1- 11
02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
6. Screw 8. Screw
7. Screw 9. Screw
2. Press the compressor in direction of arrow, until the correct V-belt tension is reached.
3. Retighten all fastening screws.
V-belt–change
11 fastening screws (6), (7), (8), (9).

1. Slightly slacken
1- 1- 11 1- 11
4-0
02the compressor against the direction of arrow
2. Push 4-0
02 completely against the engine. 024-0
2 2 2
_d
o Remove the radiator net cover, loosen _d _d
d3. dothe installation bolt of the engine fan ufrom
do the end face
gui gui g i
with a wrench, remove the fan and take out the compressor belt.

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
4. Fit the new -
V-belt to the V-belt pulleys.
024
-
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the V-belt as previously described.ido_ _d
d
5. Tension
i do
gu gu gui
6. Check the V-belt tension after a running time of 30 min.
5.8 Maintenance for the Electric System

5.8.1 Battery–Maintain
WARNING
Risk of death or personal injury!
Open fire and smoke
0 1 -11 could cause explosion when working 0 1
1 the batteries, which could cause -11
-1on 01
4 -
death or personal injury. 4 - 4 -
02 on the batteries, do not use open fire20or2 smoke. 02
d2
When working d d2
do_ do_ d o_
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Battery acid could erode skin, which could cause skin injury.
Wear proper clothes to avoid skin from erosion by acid when filling acid to the batteries.
The battery is located near the hydraulic oil

tank. The battery must be securely installed
on the roller: 1
1-1 1- 11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
d 202 NOTICE 202 202
_
Riskoof _d _d
u i d machine damage!
gLeave tools on the batteries gu
could cause
ido gui
do
short circuit and influence the electric
devices.
Never leave tools on the batteries.
Fig 5-71
1. Connect to the positive electrode (+) first
and then connect to the negative electrode (-),
and apply a small amount of lubricating
grease to the wiring 1terminal.
1-1 1- 11 1-11
4-0
02 out the battery, first cut off the
2. When taking 02 4-0 02 4-0
_ d 2wire (-) and then cut off the positive _d 2 _d
2
o
negative
do do
uid (+).
gwire gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1- 11
024
Maintenance- steps for battery:
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
o_Open the cover of battery tank. _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
1.
gu
2. Clean the battery tank and battery surface.
3. Clean the battery electrode and electrode

holder, and apply the lubricating grease for
lubrication.
4. Inspect the fastening of electrode terminal Fig 5-72

of battery.
-11
01 maintenance is conducive to ex- 4-01 -11 1- 11
-
The following
4 4-0
202the service life of the battery:
tending 202 202
_d _d _d
d•o Switch off all electrical appliances (such
uid
o as do
gui g
ignition switch, lamps, indoor lamp and
gui
radio).
• Inspect the open-circuit voltage of the bat-
tery on a regular basis, at least once a year.
• When the open-circuit voltage is 12.25 V or
below, please recharge the battery once
again immediately without supercharging.
• After recharging each time, it is necessary
1 for 1 hour before use.
to rest the battery
-1 -11 11
0 1 0 1 1-
• If the battery
0 24-
is not used for more than one
0 24- 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d d _d
month, disconnect the battery and do not
i d o i d o_on do
gu gu gui
forget to inspect the open-circuit voltage
a regular basis.
5.8.2 Electric Box-Maintain
NOTICE
Control module could become invalidated if the electric box gets wet.
Keep the electric box dry when maintaining the electric box.
1 11 11
1-1 steps to maintain the electric box.
Take the following 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
d2
1. Unscrew 2 the door (2) of the electric box.
d open
two screws (1) on the electric box,
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 1- 11 1-11
2. Use 4- brush
a dry to clean out the dust 4-0 4-0
lightly. d 202 202 2 02
o_ _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
1
-1 1 Fig 5-73
11 11
-01 1- 1-
02 4 24-0
1.0Screws 024-0
d2 2 2
2. Door
o_ o_d _d
d uid do
g3.ui Check the connection of each electric gcon- gui
tact point.
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 4-0
02 5-74 024-0
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do ido uid
o
g4.uiLock the door (2) of the electric box andguscrew g
up two screws (1) on the electric box.
5.8.3 Fuse-Replace
Check the fuse to see whether they are in good condition or not.
NOTICE
Improper fuse could melt easily or be not easy to melt when circuit is overloading. This could
cause the electric-1 1
system failure. -11 -11
0 1 0 1 0 1
4- with right capacity when replacing a new
Use proper fuse
02 4- fuse.
02 4- 02
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uidinspection and replacement steps areguasidfollows: do
gThe gui

0 1 -11 1-11 1- 11
1. Open
0 24-the centralized control box in the
02 4-0 02 4-0
d 2 2 2
cab.
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
2. Take out the fuse inserted in the central

control box with tweezers.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 4-0
02 Fig 5-76 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui g u
3. Observe if the fuse is damaged by looking forward the light. gui
4. If the fuse is damaged, take out the corresponding standby fuse above central control box with
tweezers.
5. Insert the corresponding standby fuse with tweezers for the replacement.
5.9 Maintenance for the Machanical System

5.9.1 Grease for Propel Bearing-Fill
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
0
-
Take the24following
024
step to fill the propel bearing with -grease:
02 4-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_Set the machine levelly. o_ _d
i d1.
i d do
gu gu gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

2. Remove2the
0 4- bolt (1) of oil port on the pro- 0 24- 024-0
d 2 d 2 2
pel bearing.
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
1
Fig 5-77
1. Bolt
-11
01 bearing chamber with ap- 01-
11 1-11
4-0
3. Fill 2/3 of -the -
4 4
202 grease through the oil cup (2) d 202
pointed lithium
d 2 02
_ _ _d
(see
i do“Filling Capacities” on page 5-14), until
i do do
u
gyou can see oil out of the oil port. g u gui
2
Fig 5-78
2. Oil cup
4. Fit them back.

1-11 1- 11 1-11
2 4-0
0 for Central Articulation Frame-Fill
0 2 4-0 024-0
d2
5.9.2 Grease d2 _d
2
d o_ do_ do
gui NOTICE gui gui
If you don't regularly grease nipples of the
central articulation frame with grease gun, it
could cause early dysfunction of bearings.
Regularly grease nipples of the central artic-
ulation frame with grease gun.
• The right figure shows the grease fittings,

1 all the grease fittings.
-1for -11 11
see the machine
0 1 0 1 1-
4- fittings on the central artic-
• Fill all the02grease 024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ frame with appointed grease. See
ulation
o_ Fig 5-79 _d
i d i d do
gu“Filling Capacities” on page 5-14. gu gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1- 11
024
-
5.9.3 Lubricant
024
for Drum Vibration Bearing-Replace-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the following step to change lubricant. o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Take
gu gu
1. Set the machine levelly.
2. Turn the vibratory drum assembly to set

one outlet on the drum bearing seat at the
lowest position.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-80
3. Place a vessel (volume should be more than 13 L) under the outlet. Undo the oil drain plug, oil
level plug and packing plate to drain the oil.
4. Fit them back.
5. Rotate the drum to make the place with ▲

1 position.
mark (1) at the top
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
4-0 4-0 4-0
1
2 02 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui 2
Fig 5-81
1-11 11
1. ▲-mark
1
3. Lower outlet
1- 11
02 4-0 02 42.-0Higher outlet 024-0
2 2 2
_d
o Remove all plugs and washers of the ihigher _d _d
d6. do outlet (2) and lower outlet (3). uido
gui gu g
7. Fill the drum with appointed lubricant (see“Filling Capacities” on page 5-14 ) through the higher
outlet (2) until lubricant flows out a little from the lower outlet (3).

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

0 4
- reinstall and tighten them.
8. Clean the2plugs,
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
u Lubricant for Reducer-Replacegu
g5.9.4 gui
The maintenance for the reducer is mainly to add and drain lubricant.
Lubricant-drain
1. When draining the lubricant in the reducer, first make the outlet at the lowest position.
2. Place a vessel (volume should be more

than 3 L) under the outlet. Remove the plug of
oil outlet (5).
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
5
Fig 5-82
5. Plug of oil outlet
3. After draining the lubricant, screw the plug back tightly.
Lubricant-add-01
-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4 4-0 4-0
d2 d 202 d 202
_ adding lubricant to the reducer, first make_ the oil inlet at the highest position. o_
do do
1. When
i i d
u
g2. Remove the plug of oil inlet (6) and plug u
g of gui
oil outlet (5). 6
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 5 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-83
5. Plug of oil outlet 6. Plug of oil inlet

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

2 0 24-
3. Add appointed
2 0
- page 5-14 through inlet. When oil overflows
24on
lubricant. See “Filling Capacities”
2 0 24-
o _dfrom the outlet, then stop adding oil. o_d o_
d
i d i d i d
gu 4. Screw the plugs of oil outlet (6) andguplug of oil inlet (5) back tightly. gu
5.9.5 Lubricant for Rear Axle-Replace
The right figure shows the oil filler and the oil
drain.
Central reducer assembly and main reducer:

• Oil drain: unscrew the plug at the port (1) to
drain the oil. 2
• Oil filling:
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1
1- 11
4-0
unscrew the plug at the port (2)
24-oil until the oil overflows from the 2024-
and20fill
3
202
d d _d
i d o_port (2). i d o_ do
gu gu gui
Wheel end
4
• Oil drain: rotate the wheel end and make
Fig 5-84
the port (3) at the lowest position, unscrew
the plug to drain the oil. 1. Port 3. Port
• Oil filling: rotate the wheel end and make 2. Port 4. Hole
the port (3) at the highest position. Unscrew
the plugs at port (3) and the hole (4). Fill oil
through the port (3) until the oil overflows
-11(4).
from the hole
1 1-11 1- 11
4-0
02 as follows shows the oil brand, 202 4-0 02 4-0
The 2table 2
d _d _d
o_
idchange ido do
gui
intervals and dosage.
gu gu
Table 5–13 Oil Change Intervals for Rear Axle
Item Intervals Oil brand and dosage

Main reducer Every month
Level
Central shell Every month
check
Wheel side reducer Every 250 h Heavy-duty
vehicle gear oil
Main reducer Every 500 h, 50 h at first time 2L GL-5 85W-140
-11 Central shell 1 11
Oil
change-01 1-at1 first time
Every 500 h, 50 h 10 L 1-
4 Wheel side reducer 4-0 4-0
202 Every 50020h,2 50 h at first time 4 L×2 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
5.9.6 Lubricant - for Transfer Case-Replace 24-
0 02 4-0
d 2 d2 2
_ _ _d
do steps: do do
gui gui gui
Change
1. When drain the lubricant , place a contain-

2
er (with proper volume) under the outlet (1)
and remove the plug of outlet;
NOTE：
The lubricant outlet of transfer case is located
on right side plate of rear carriage, as shown
in the right figure.
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d 1
_d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-85
1. Outlet 2. Plug
2. After draining the lubricant, screw the plug of outlet back tightly.
3. Remove the plug (2) at lubricant inlet shown in the right figure, and add appointed lubricant
(see“Filling Capacities” on page 5-14 ) through it;
4. Screw the plug back tightly. The lubricant change is finished.
1
5.9.7 Damper-Check/Replace
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
• Check 2the
4-0
02 dampers. Make sure that there is 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2
_d _d _d
idobig crack (should be less than 15 gmilli-
no
gumeters) u ido gui
do
on the dampers (shown in right fig-
ure). If not, replace the worn dampers.
• Check the connecting bolts and nuts are
connected firmly. If not, tighten the fastener.
Fig 5-86
1-11 1- 11 1-11
0 24-0 24-0 02 4-0
d2
5.9.8 Windshield Washer Fluid–Check/Fill d 20 2
_ _ _d
i do i do do
u u
gThe windshield washer reservoir is locatedg in the cab. gui
Take the following steps to check the windshield washer fluid level and fill:

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- right door of the cab and see the washer - reservoir located at the back of the seat. -
0 4 024 024
1. Open2the
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_Observe the liquid level of the detergent
2.
i d o_in the washing storage tank. If the liquid
i d o_level is lower
gu u supplemented.
than 1/3, the detergent requires togbe gu
3. Unscrew the cover over the washing stor-
age tank and add the detergent to fully.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-87
4. Fasten the cover over the washing storage tank after the filling of the detergent is completed.
NOTICE
In cold weather, water pump, solenoid and filter could freeze up, which could cause machine
damage.
Drain the water from water spraying system and add antifreeze in cold weather.
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- - -
NOTE：
2 024 2 024 2 024
d spray nozzle of the windshield washer_cand be adjusted to spray the washing fluidd to the de-
o_ o_
The
i d i d o i d
gu sired direction. gu gu
NOTE：
Start the water spraying system to spray water until the antifreeze is sprayed from the nozzle, after
the ice period, drain the antifreeze and dispose it in an environment- friendly way.
1-11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

5.9.9 Oil tank
024
- and Pipes–Check
024
-
024-0
d 2 d 2 2
o_oil tank and pipes for damage or leak- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Check
u
gage. gu
If any, repair or replace them immediately
in accordance with required safety
procedures.
Fig 5-88
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1- 11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Troubleshooting
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Troubleshooting
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
4-0
6 Troubleshooting
2 4-0 4-0
..............................................................................................................6-1
2 2
20
6.1dMechanical d2
0
d2
0
Parts...................................................................................................................6-3
_ _ _
do 6.1.1 Engine...........................................................................................................................6-3
do do
gui gui gui
6.1.2 Vibratory Drum ............................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3 Propel System .............................................................................................................6-5
6.2 Electrical Parts.......................................................................................................................6-5
6.2.1 Basic Electrical System..............................................................................................6-5
6.2.2 Electrical System of Working Devices .....................................................................6-6
6.3 Air Conditioning System.......................................................................................................6-6
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Troubleshooting SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 1 11 11
-01
6.Troubleshooting 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 02 4-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Mechanical Parts
d6.1 do do
g u gui gui
6.1.1 Engine
Table 6–1 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Engine
Fault Symptom Cause Remedy

Fuel used up. Fill up fuel and bleed system.
Engine can not be Replace (see “Fuel Filter–
Fuel filter blocked.
started. Replace” on page 5-46).
1- 11 1-11 -11
4-0 Leakage of fuel pipe.
4-0 -01
Check and tighten all connections.
02 02 024
d2 d2 Use appropriate engine d 2oil (see
do_ ido
_
Engine oil with excessive viscosity, o _
gui especially ingu
winter. g uid ” on page
“Oil & Fluids Selection
5-9).
Replace fuel filter (see “Fuel
Filter– Replace” on page 5-46),
Block in fuel system caused by the
check all oil pipes and use the win-
paraffin in winter, unsmooth fuel
Difficult startup or un- ter-grade diesel when it turns cold
supply,
stable working power (see “Oil & Fluids Selection ” on
of engine. page 5-9).
Clean or replace (see “Air Filter–
Dirty air filter.
Clean/Replace” on page 5-23).
1- 11 1-11 11
Adjust the nut on throttle cable.-01-
4-0 4-0
Too tight throttle cable.
02 02 20 “Oil24
d2 d2 Check vacuum switchd (see
do_ o _ _
Water Separator–idoCheck/Drain/
gui uid switch.
Defective vacuum
g gu5-32).
Replace” on page
Drain redundant engine oil (see
Too much engine oil. “Engine Oil-Check/Refill/Change”
Too much smoke on page 5-28).
discharged.
Dirty air filter.
Clean cooling fan of the radiator,
Cylinder or cooling fan of radiator
esp. the vertical fin at the top of
at the top of cylinder blocked by
Engine too hot
1 - 11or shut dirt. 1 - 11 cylinder (see “Radiator– Check/ 1
-1
-0
down suddenly.
4 -0 4
Clean” on page 5-37). -01 24
02 02 20 Filter–
d2 d2 Clean or replace (see d“Air
do_ Block in air filter.o_
d Clean/Replace” onid
_
o 5-23).
gui gui
page
gu

0 1 -11 11
01- for Engine (continue) 1-11
4-0
Table 6–1 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting
02 4- 024- 02
d 2Symptom d2 2
Fault
_ Cause
o_
Remedy
_d
g ido
uCharging alarm indi- gui
d
g u ido
Check, adjust or replace the
en-
cator of storage bat-
Too low engine speed. gine belt (see “Engine Belt–
tery lit on during
Check/Replace” on page 5-40).
operation.
Discharge redundant engine oil
Too much engine oil. (see “Engine Oil-Check/Refill/
Change” on page 5-28).
Insufficient power of
engine. Dirty air filter.
1-11 1-11Tighten the screws and nuts of

1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
Leakage of pressure tube.
tube.
02 202 02
d2 dwiring d2
o_
Loose and eroded_ of _
i d do do
Clean and tighten the wiring.
guCrankshaft rotates battery. gui gui
slowly and can not be Change it with the lubricating oil of
started. Incorrect lubricating oil model. specified grade (see “Oil & Fluids
Selection ” on page 5-9).
Crankshaft rotates
Refill (see “Fuel-Check/Refill/
normally but can not No fuel in oil tank.
Replace” on page 5-42).
be started.
Improper adjustment of throttle Adjust throttle cable to natural
cable. condition.
Unstable idling.
1-11 1-11Check and tighten the leaked part. 1-11
02 4-0 Fuel leakage.
024-0 If can’t resolve it, please contact
0 2 4 -0
d2 _d
2 Sany or Sany dealer.
d2
d o_ do do
_
gui gui gui
6.1.2 Vibratory Drum
Table 6–2 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Vibratory Drum

No vibration or
small vibration at Incorrect position of vibration Set switch to position I (see
both positions of vi- switch. “Control Console” on page 3-4).
bration switch.
1-11 1-11 -11
Check oil level and refill new oil-01
4-0 4-0 024
d 202 Insufficient oil in hydraulic oil 2
20tank. 2
(see “Hydraulic Oil-Check/Refill/
Air _in
o hydraulic _d Change” on page 5-48). do_
d
i d do
gusystem. gui Check oil-suction
g ui
tube and tighten
Oil-suction tube not sealed.
connecting elements.

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

- System - -
024 024 024
6.1.3 Propel
d 2 2 2
o_ _d
oand o_
d
i d i d i d
gu Table 6–3 Fault
gu
Analysis Troubleshooting for Propel
gu
System

Check oil level and refill new
Insufficient oil in hydraulic oil
oil (see “Hydraulic Oil-Check/
Air in hydraulic system tank
Refill/Change” on page 5-48).
Oil-suction tube not sealed Tighten connecting elements
Fill grease (see “Grease for
Large impact in transmission
Insufficient lubricating grease Propel Bearing-Fill” on page
system or torpid steering
1-11 1- 11 5-61).
1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d
o Electrical Parts _d _d
d6.2 do do
gui gui gui
6.2.1 Basic Electrical System
Table 6–4 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Basic Electrical System

Open fusebox, pull out the damage
No power supply of com-
Fuse burnt. fuse, and insert the spare fuse of
plete machine.
the same model.
1-11 Fuse (F12、 F53、 F54、 1 11 Open fusebox, pull out the damage
-F11) 1 -11
024-0 4- 0 fuse, and insert the spare
4-
fuse 0of
202 202
burnt.
2 the same model.
_d o_
d _d
doFailure of engine startup. d o
uid and vibration
gui i Set traveling handle
guhandle and vibration
Traveling g
selection switch to the neutral posi-
selection switch not set at neu-
tion (see “Control Console” on
tral position.
page 3-4).
Table 6–5 Fuses
Code Part Current Code Part Current

Front working
F11 Star motor 15 A F50 15 A
light
11 Ignition switch 11 11
F12-01- -F51 1-
Instrument
0 1
4- 4-0
15 A 10 A
024 02
light
d2 d2 d 202
d o_ F13 Backup 10 Ao _ F52 A/C power
ido
_ 20 A
gui F14 GPS power uid
g5A F53 ECU powergu 30 A
F36 Indoor light 10 A F34 Backup 15 A

1- 11 11 11
4-0
Table 6–5 01-
Fuses (continue)
4- 4-0
1-
d
Code 202 Part Current d 2 02Code Part d2
Current
02
_ o_ _
guido F37 Radio 10 gAuid F31 Horn, reverse
g u i do10 A
Front screen
F38 5A F32 Flash relay 5A
wiper
F39 Backup 5A F33 Backup fuse
F40 Backup F35 Backup fuse
F41 Backup 10 A F21 Load power 20A
F24 Power input 1 5A F22 Screen power 5A
SYMC power
F25 Power input 2 5A F23 10 A
1 1 11
1-1 1-1
supply
1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 4-0
10 A202
Excitation,
_ d2 _ d2 F54
stop _d
do do do
gui gui gui
6.2.2 Electrical System of Working Devices
Table 6–6 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Electrical System of Working Devices

Reset brake switch and emer-
No traveling or sluggish Brake switch and emergency
gency stopping switch (see
traveling. stopping switch not reset.
“Control Console” on page 3-4).
1- 11 1 -11 Reset emergency stopping 1-11

02 4-0 0
4- not 4 -0
202 2
Emergency stopping switch switch (see “Check the
0
d2 _d d 2 on
o_ _
reset. Emergency Stop Switch”
d do uid
o
gui gui page 4-10).
g
Adjust the gear switch to change
No vibration. the speed to less than 1.5 km/h
Traveling speed is over 1.5 km/h.
(see “Control Console” on page
3-4).
Press down the vibration button.
Vibration button have been
Stop vibration forcibly (see
pressed.
“Control Console” on page 3-4).
1 11 11
1-1
6.3 Air Conditioning System 1- 1-
0 24-0 0 2 4-0 0 24-0
d 2 faults of air conditioning system generally
The common
_ _ d 2 are electrical faults, mechanical faults
_ d 2 and
ido
refrigerant
gu
and freezing lubricant failures. ido
gu ido gu
The symptoms are no cooling or insufficient cooling or abnormal noise.

1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0
Table 6–7 Common Faults and Troubleshooting of Air Conditioning System 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do d o
gui Fault Symptom guiCause gui
Remedy
Adjust belt tightness (see
Abnormal sound in
Too loose conveyor belt. “Compressor V-belt– Check/
conveyor belt.
Replace” on page 5-56).
Open evaporator cover and take
Abnormal sound in Foreign matter enters the
out foreign objects (see “A/C-
evaporator. evaporator.
Check/Maintain” on page 5-53).
There are barriers on the air suc-
The fan operates nor-
tion side. Clean (see “A/C-Check/Maintain”
mally but the 1air vol- 1
1 -1
ume is too0small. 0 1 -1
The fin of evaporator or condenser on page 5-53).
0 1 -11
2024- is blocked. 24-
20 24- 20
_d compressor does The tension of compressor
oThe o_
d
o_
d
i d i d belt is i d
gu not work or it is diffi- insufficient,guand the belt is too Tension (see “Compressor
gu V-belt–
cult for the compressor Check/Replace” on page 5-56).
loose.
to operate.
The warm air offsets
the refrigerating effect Close the hot water valve (see “A/
The hot water valve is notclosed.
and thus the refrigerat- C-Check/Maintain” on page 5-53).
ing effect is poor.
The condensation ef- Clean the condenser and clear the
The condenser is blocked up by
fect of condenser is blocking (see “A/C-Check/
dust or foreign matters.
poor. 1 1 1 Maintain” on page 5-53).
1 11
1- 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Specification
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Specification
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
7 Specification......................................................................................................................7-1
2 2 2
20
7.1dDimension d2
0
d2
0
of the Equipment ...............................................................................................7-3
o _ o _ o _
guid7.2 Specifications of the Equipment..........................................................................................7-4
uid g uid g
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Specification SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Specification
-1 1 11 11
-01
7.Specification 1- 1-
02 4 02 4-0 02 4-0
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
do
7.1 Dimension of the Equipmentdo do
gui gui gui
C
E D
1-11 1-11 1- 11
4-0 4-0 4-0
G
2 02 H 202 F 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
A B
gui gui gui

Table 7–1 Dimension of the equipment
Item Unit SSR100 Series SSR120 Series

A Length mm 5775 5775
B Width mm 2285 2285
C Height mm 3225 3225
D Vibratory drum diameter mm 1500 1500
-11 of vibratory drum

Thickness
0 1 1-11 1- 11
4-0 4-0
E mm 25 25
024- rim
2 202 202
_dF Vibratory drum width _ dmm 2130 d
_2130
do do do
gui G Min. ground clearance gui mm 480 gui 480
H Wheel base mm 2868 2868
NOTE：
The above data are specifications of standard machine. Materials and specifications are subject to
change without notice in accordance with our continuous technical innovations.
1-11 1-11 1- 11
024-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Specification SSR Series Single Drum Roller
0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

024
-
7.2 Specifications of the Equipment 024- 02 4-0
d 2 d2 2
_ _ _d
do ido do
gui Table 7–2gu
Technical Specification gui
Technical Parameters SSR100 Series SSR120 Series
Operating mass (kg) 10000 12000
Distributing mass of vibratory drum 5700 7000
Mass (kg)
and
Distributing mass of drive axle (kg) 4300 5000
load
Static linear load of vibratory drum 268 329
(N/cm)
1-11 1-11 30/30 1-11
4-0 4-0 4-0
Vibration frequency (Hz) 32/36
d 202
Compaction
Nominal amplitude (mm) 2 02 2.0/1.0 1.8/0.9 202
o_
mechanism o_d o _d
d uid uid
gui Exciting force (kN)
g 246/124
g280/178
0 ～ 6.0 0 ～ 6.0
Travel Low speed
0 ～ 7.5 0 ～ 7.5
speed
0 ～ 8.5 0 ～ 8.5
(km/h) High speed
Power- 0 ～ 12.5 0 ～ 12.5
driving Theoretical gradeability (%) 50 / 53 50 / 53
performance
Steering angle (°) ±35 ±35
Swing angle (°) ±12 ±12
1 turning outside diameter (mm)

Min.
-1 - 11 11600 11600
11
-01 1
-0 DONGFENG 1-
02 4 Manufacturer 024 DONGFENG
02 4-0
d2 d2 CUMMINS d2
CUMMINS
o_
dEngine ido
_ o_
gui Model
gu QSB3.9-C125-30 uid
QSB3.9-C125-30
g
Rated power (kW) 93 93
Battery (VxAh) 24×120 24×120
Capacity Fuel tank (L) 250 250
Hydraulic oil tank (L) 100 100
NOTE：
The above data are specifications of standard machine. Materials and specifications are subject to
1 in accordance with our continuous technical
change without notice
1 1 innovations.
1 11
1- 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Disposal
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Disposal
1- 11 1- 11 1-11
4-0 ...............................................................................................................................8-1
8 Disposal
2 4-0
2 2 4-0
20
8.1dDisposal d2
0
d2
0
of Product...............................................................................................................8-3
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Disposal SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SSR Series Single Drum Roller Disposal
-1 1 11 11
-01
8.Disposal 1- 1-
02 4 024-0 024-0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Disposal of Product
8.1 do do
gui gui gui
When the machine is removed from service, you must contact your nearest SANY dealer and dis-
pose the product under the guidance of your nearest SANY dealer. Pay special attention to the fol-
lowing things：
1. Always dispose the product according to local regulations and environment protection rules.
2. Collect all fuels and lubricants properly. Do not drain them directly to the ground, collect the with
appropriate container.
3. Pay special attention to the battery. Keep them away from open fire and smoke to avoid
1 1 1
1-1
explosion.
0 1-1 0 1-1 0
4- 4- 4-
202 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1- 11 1- 11 1- 11
024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Disposal SSR Series Single Drum Roller
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

024-0 024-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1-11 1-11 1-11
02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 02 4-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
www.sanyglobal.com
1 11 11
1- 1- 1-
02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Sany Automobile Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
SANY Industry Town, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Changsha,
Hunan, China
Zip Code: 410100

Tel: 0086 4006098318
Website: www.sanyglobal.com
1-11 1-11 1-11

02 4-0 02 4-0 024-0
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Single Drum Roller: SSR100 (120) C-10

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Single Drum Roller: SSR100 (120) C-10

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

-1 1 -1 1 Quality Changes the World

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

Scan here to download the GCP APP

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

• Be responsible for providing qualified products and correct documents.

Duty of owners or other authorized personnel

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 1

1-11 1-11 1-11

2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 I

3 System Function .............................................................................................................3-1

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 III

IV Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 V

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

VI Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 1-1

1-2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

This operator’s manual provides safety, oper-

1.2 Your Documentation Package

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 1-3

1.2.3 Documentation Storage

1-4 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

1.3 Your SANY Equipment

1. Front 2. Right 3. Back 4. Left

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 1-5

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 0 1 -11

1.3.3 Equipment Information

The serial numbers and model numbers on

Product identification plate is riveted on the Fig 1-3

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-6 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 1-7

1-11 1-11 1-11

Sany Industry Zone,

Economic & Technical Development Zone Changsha, Hunan, China 410100

0 1 -11 machine with one vibratory drum.01-11

1-11 1-11 1-11

1-8 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

1 -11 1 -11 1 -11

2-2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

The equipment must not be towed.

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 2-3

0 1 -11 0 1 -11 1-11

This manual should be regarded as a perma-

2.1.2 Intended Use

-11 vibratory drum are mainly designed-for

2-4 Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023

2.1.3 Unintended Use

2.1.5 Unauthorized Modification

Operation and Maintenance Manual-February 2023 2-5